// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
// OpenZeppelin contracts
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
// LooksRare interfaces
import {ICurrencyManager} from "./interfaces/ICurrencyManager.sol";
import {IExecutionManager} from "./interfaces/IExecutionManager.sol";
import {IExecutionStrategy} from "./interfaces/IExecutionStrategy.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeManager} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeManager.sol";
import {ILooksRareExchange} from "./interfaces/ILooksRareExchange.sol";
import {ITransferManagerNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferManagerNFT.sol";
import {ITransferSelectorNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferSelectorNFT.sol";
import {IWETH} from "./interfaces/IWETH.sol";
// LooksRare libraries
import {OrderTypes} from "./libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
import {SignatureChecker} from "./libraries/SignatureChecker.sol";
/**
 * @title LooksRareExchange
 * @notice It is the core contract of the LooksRare exchange.
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRAR'''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''''OOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKS:.                                        .;OOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOO,.                                            .,KSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRAREL'                ..',;:LOOKS::;,'..                'RARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRAR.              .,:LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELO:,.              .RELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKS:.             .;RARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSl;.             .:OOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOO;.            .'OKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARE'.            .;KSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRAREL,.            .,LOOKSRARELOOK:;;:"""":;;;lELOOKSRARELO,.            .,RARELOOKSR
LOOKSRAR.             .;okLOOKSRAREx:.              .;OOKSRARELOOK;.             .RELOOKSR
LOOKS:.             .:dOOOLOOKSRARE'      .''''..     .OKSRARELOOKSR:.             .LOOKSR
LOx;.             .cKSRARELOOKSRAR'     'LOOKSRAR'     .KSRARELOOKSRARc..            .OKSR
L;.             .cxOKSRARELOOKSRAR.    .LOOKS.RARE'     ;kRARELOOKSRARExc.             .;R
LO'             .;oOKSRARELOOKSRAl.    .LOOKS.RARE.     :kRARELOOKSRAREo;.             'SR
LOOK;.            .,KSRARELOOKSRAx,     .;LOOKSR;.     .oSRARELOOKSRAo,.            .;OKSR
LOOKSk:.            .'RARELOOKSRARd;.      ....       'oOOOOOOOOOOxc'.            .:LOOKSR
LOOKSRARc.             .:dLOOKSRAREko;.            .,lxOOOOOOOOOd:.             .ARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELo'             .;oOKSRARELOOxoc;,....,;:ldkOOOOOOOOkd;.             'SRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOd,.            .,lSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRkl,.            .,OKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSx;.            ..;oxELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOkxl:..            .:LOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARc.              .':cOKSRARELOOKSRALOc;'.              .ARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELl'                 ...'',,,,''...                 'SRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOo,.                                          .,OKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSx;.                                      .;xOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLO:.                                  .:SRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKl.                              .lOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRo'.                        .'oLOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARd;.                    .;xRELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELO:.                .:kRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKl.            .cOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRo'        'oLOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARE,.  .,dRELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
LOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSRLOOKSRARELOOKSRARELOOKSR
 */
contract LooksRareExchange is ILooksRareExchange, ReentrancyGuard, Ownable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    using OrderTypes for OrderTypes.MakerOrder;
    using OrderTypes for OrderTypes.TakerOrder;
    address public immutable WETH;
    bytes32 public immutable DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    address public protocolFeeRecipient;
    ICurrencyManager public currencyManager;
    IExecutionManager public executionManager;
    IRoyaltyFeeManager public royaltyFeeManager;
    ITransferSelectorNFT public transferSelectorNFT;
    mapping(address => uint256) public userMinOrderNonce;
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => bool)) private _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled;
    event CancelAllOrders(address indexed user, uint256 newMinNonce);
    event CancelMultipleOrders(address indexed user, uint256[] orderNonces);
    event NewCurrencyManager(address indexed currencyManager);
    event NewExecutionManager(address indexed executionManager);
    event NewProtocolFeeRecipient(address indexed protocolFeeRecipient);
    event NewRoyaltyFeeManager(address indexed royaltyFeeManager);
    event NewTransferSelectorNFT(address indexed transferSelectorNFT);
    event RoyaltyPayment(
        address indexed collection,
        uint256 indexed tokenId,
        address indexed royaltyRecipient,
        address currency,
        uint256 amount
    );
    event TakerAsk(
        bytes32 orderHash, // bid hash of the maker order
        uint256 orderNonce, // user order nonce
        address indexed taker, // sender address for the taker ask order
        address indexed maker, // maker address of the initial bid order
        address indexed strategy, // strategy that defines the execution
        address currency, // currency address
        address collection, // collection address
        uint256 tokenId, // tokenId transferred
        uint256 amount, // amount of tokens transferred
        uint256 price // final transacted price
    );
    event TakerBid(
        bytes32 orderHash, // ask hash of the maker order
        uint256 orderNonce, // user order nonce
        address indexed taker, // sender address for the taker bid order
        address indexed maker, // maker address of the initial ask order
        address indexed strategy, // strategy that defines the execution
        address currency, // currency address
        address collection, // collection address
        uint256 tokenId, // tokenId transferred
        uint256 amount, // amount of tokens transferred
        uint256 price // final transacted price
    );
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _currencyManager currency manager address
     * @param _executionManager execution manager address
     * @param _royaltyFeeManager royalty fee manager address
     * @param _WETH wrapped ether address (for other chains, use wrapped native asset)
     * @param _protocolFeeRecipient protocol fee recipient
     */
    constructor(
        address _currencyManager,
        address _executionManager,
        address _royaltyFeeManager,
        address _WETH,
        address _protocolFeeRecipient
    ) {
        // Calculate the domain separator
        DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = keccak256(
            abi.encode(
                0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f, // keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)")
                0xda9101ba92939daf4bb2e18cd5f942363b9297fbc3232c9dd964abb1fb70ed71, // keccak256("LooksRareExchange")
                0xc89efdaa54c0f20c7adf612882df0950f5a951637e0307cdcb4c672f298b8bc6, // keccak256(bytes("1")) for versionId = 1
                block.chainid,
                address(this)
            )
        );
        currencyManager = ICurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
        executionManager = IExecutionManager(_executionManager);
        royaltyFeeManager = IRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
        WETH = _WETH;
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all pending orders for a sender
     * @param minNonce minimum user nonce
     */
    function cancelAllOrdersForSender(uint256 minNonce) external {
        require(minNonce > userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender], "Cancel: Order nonce lower than current");
        require(minNonce < userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender] + 500000, "Cancel: Cannot cancel more orders");
        userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender] = minNonce;
        emit CancelAllOrders(msg.sender, minNonce);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel maker orders
     * @param orderNonces array of order nonces
     */
    function cancelMultipleMakerOrders(uint256[] calldata orderNonces) external {
        require(orderNonces.length > 0, "Cancel: Cannot be empty");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < orderNonces.length; i++) {
            require(orderNonces[i] >= userMinOrderNonce[msg.sender], "Cancel: Order nonce lower than current");
            _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[msg.sender][orderNonces[i]] = true;
        }
        emit CancelMultipleOrders(msg.sender, orderNonces);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match ask with a taker bid order using ETH
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     */
    function matchAskWithTakerBidUsingETHAndWETH(
        OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid,
        OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk
    ) external payable override nonReentrant {
        require((makerAsk.isOrderAsk) && (!takerBid.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(makerAsk.currency == WETH, "Order: Currency must be WETH");
        require(msg.sender == takerBid.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // If not enough ETH to cover the price, use WETH
        if (takerBid.price > msg.value) {
            IERC20(WETH).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), (takerBid.price - msg.value));
        } else {
            require(takerBid.price == msg.value, "Order: Msg.value too high");
        }
        // Wrap ETH sent to this contract
        IWETH(WETH).deposit{value: msg.value}();
        // Check the maker ask order
        bytes32 askHash = makerAsk.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerAsk, askHash);
        // Retrieve execution parameters
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerAsk.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerBid(takerBid, makerAsk);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker ask order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerAsk.signer][makerAsk.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferFeesAndFundsWithWETH(
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerAsk.signer,
            takerBid.price,
            makerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerAsk.collection, makerAsk.signer, takerBid.taker, tokenId, amount);
        emit TakerBid(
            askHash,
            makerAsk.nonce,
            takerBid.taker,
            makerAsk.signer,
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.currency,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerBid.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match a takerBid with a matchAsk
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     */
    function matchAskWithTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        override
        nonReentrant
    {
        require((makerAsk.isOrderAsk) && (!takerBid.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(msg.sender == takerBid.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // Check the maker ask order
        bytes32 askHash = makerAsk.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerAsk, askHash);
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerAsk.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerBid(takerBid, makerAsk);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker ask order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerAsk.signer][makerAsk.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferFeesAndFunds(
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerAsk.currency,
            msg.sender,
            makerAsk.signer,
            takerBid.price,
            makerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerAsk.collection, makerAsk.signer, takerBid.taker, tokenId, amount);
        emit TakerBid(
            askHash,
            makerAsk.nonce,
            takerBid.taker,
            makerAsk.signer,
            makerAsk.strategy,
            makerAsk.currency,
            makerAsk.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerBid.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match a takerAsk with a makerBid
     * @param takerAsk taker ask order
     * @param makerBid maker bid order
     */
    function matchBidWithTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        override
        nonReentrant
    {
        require((!makerBid.isOrderAsk) && (takerAsk.isOrderAsk), "Order: Wrong sides");
        require(msg.sender == takerAsk.taker, "Order: Taker must be the sender");
        // Check the maker bid order
        bytes32 bidHash = makerBid.hash();
        _validateOrder(makerBid, bidHash);
        (bool isExecutionValid, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount) = IExecutionStrategy(makerBid.strategy)
            .canExecuteTakerAsk(takerAsk, makerBid);
        require(isExecutionValid, "Strategy: Execution invalid");
        // Update maker bid order status to true (prevents replay)
        _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerBid.signer][makerBid.nonce] = true;
        // Execution part 1/2
        _transferNonFungibleToken(makerBid.collection, msg.sender, makerBid.signer, tokenId, amount);
        // Execution part 2/2
        _transferFeesAndFunds(
            makerBid.strategy,
            makerBid.collection,
            tokenId,
            makerBid.currency,
            makerBid.signer,
            takerAsk.taker,
            takerAsk.price,
            takerAsk.minPercentageToAsk
        );
        emit TakerAsk(
            bidHash,
            makerBid.nonce,
            takerAsk.taker,
            makerBid.signer,
            makerBid.strategy,
            makerBid.currency,
            makerBid.collection,
            tokenId,
            amount,
            takerAsk.price
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update currency manager
     * @param _currencyManager new currency manager address
     */
    function updateCurrencyManager(address _currencyManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_currencyManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        currencyManager = ICurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
        emit NewCurrencyManager(_currencyManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update execution manager
     * @param _executionManager new execution manager address
     */
    function updateExecutionManager(address _executionManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_executionManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        executionManager = IExecutionManager(_executionManager);
        emit NewExecutionManager(_executionManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update protocol fee and recipient
     * @param _protocolFeeRecipient new recipient for protocol fees
     */
    function updateProtocolFeeRecipient(address _protocolFeeRecipient) external onlyOwner {
        protocolFeeRecipient = _protocolFeeRecipient;
        emit NewProtocolFeeRecipient(_protocolFeeRecipient);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty fee manager
     * @param _royaltyFeeManager new fee manager address
     */
    function updateRoyaltyFeeManager(address _royaltyFeeManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(_royaltyFeeManager != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        royaltyFeeManager = IRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
        emit NewRoyaltyFeeManager(_royaltyFeeManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update transfer selector NFT
     * @param _transferSelectorNFT new transfer selector address
     */
    function updateTransferSelectorNFT(address _transferSelectorNFT) external onlyOwner {
        require(_transferSelectorNFT != address(0), "Owner: Cannot be null address");
        transferSelectorNFT = ITransferSelectorNFT(_transferSelectorNFT);
        emit NewTransferSelectorNFT(_transferSelectorNFT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether user order nonce is executed or cancelled
     * @param user address of user
     * @param orderNonce nonce of the order
     */
    function isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled(address user, uint256 orderNonce) external view returns (bool) {
        return _isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[user][orderNonce];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer fees and funds to royalty recipient, protocol, and seller
     * @param strategy address of the execution strategy
     * @param collection non fungible token address for the transfer
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param currency currency being used for the purchase (e.g., WETH/USDC)
     * @param from sender of the funds
     * @param to seller's recipient
     * @param amount amount being transferred (in currency)
     * @param minPercentageToAsk minimum percentage of the gross amount that goes to ask
     */
    function _transferFeesAndFunds(
        address strategy,
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address currency,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk
    ) internal {
        // Initialize the final amount that is transferred to seller
        uint256 finalSellerAmount = amount;
        // 1. Protocol fee
        {
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount = _calculateProtocolFee(strategy, amount);
            // Check if the protocol fee is different than 0 for this strategy
            if ((protocolFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (protocolFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, protocolFeeRecipient, protocolFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= protocolFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        // 2. Royalty fee
        {
            (address royaltyFeeRecipient, uint256 royaltyFeeAmount) = royaltyFeeManager
                .calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(collection, tokenId, amount);
            // Check if there is a royalty fee and that it is different to 0
            if ((royaltyFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (royaltyFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, royaltyFeeRecipient, royaltyFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= royaltyFeeAmount;
                emit RoyaltyPayment(collection, tokenId, royaltyFeeRecipient, currency, royaltyFeeAmount);
            }
        }
        require((finalSellerAmount * 10000) >= (minPercentageToAsk * amount), "Fees: Higher than expected");
        // 3. Transfer final amount (post-fees) to seller
        {
            IERC20(currency).safeTransferFrom(from, to, finalSellerAmount);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer fees and funds to royalty recipient, protocol, and seller
     * @param strategy address of the execution strategy
     * @param collection non fungible token address for the transfer
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param to seller's recipient
     * @param amount amount being transferred (in currency)
     * @param minPercentageToAsk minimum percentage of the gross amount that goes to ask
     */
    function _transferFeesAndFundsWithWETH(
        address strategy,
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk
    ) internal {
        // Initialize the final amount that is transferred to seller
        uint256 finalSellerAmount = amount;
        // 1. Protocol fee
        {
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount = _calculateProtocolFee(strategy, amount);
            // Check if the protocol fee is different than 0 for this strategy
            if ((protocolFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (protocolFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(protocolFeeRecipient, protocolFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= protocolFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        // 2. Royalty fee
        {
            (address royaltyFeeRecipient, uint256 royaltyFeeAmount) = royaltyFeeManager
                .calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(collection, tokenId, amount);
            // Check if there is a royalty fee and that it is different to 0
            if ((royaltyFeeRecipient != address(0)) && (royaltyFeeAmount != 0)) {
                IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(royaltyFeeRecipient, royaltyFeeAmount);
                finalSellerAmount -= royaltyFeeAmount;
                emit RoyaltyPayment(collection, tokenId, royaltyFeeRecipient, address(WETH), royaltyFeeAmount);
            }
        }
        require((finalSellerAmount * 10000) >= (minPercentageToAsk * amount), "Fees: Higher than expected");
        // 3. Transfer final amount (post-fees) to seller
        {
            IERC20(WETH).safeTransfer(to, finalSellerAmount);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer NFT
     * @param collection address of the token collection
     * @param from address of the sender
     * @param to address of the recipient
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param amount amount of tokens (1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
     * @dev For ERC721, amount is not used
     */
    function _transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the transfer manager address
        address transferManager = transferSelectorNFT.checkTransferManagerForToken(collection);
        // If no transfer manager found, it returns address(0)
        require(transferManager != address(0), "Transfer: No NFT transfer manager available");
        // If one is found, transfer the token
        ITransferManagerNFT(transferManager).transferNonFungibleToken(collection, from, to, tokenId, amount);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate protocol fee for an execution strategy
     * @param executionStrategy strategy
     * @param amount amount to transfer
     */
    function _calculateProtocolFee(address executionStrategy, uint256 amount) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 protocolFee = IExecutionStrategy(executionStrategy).viewProtocolFee();
        return (protocolFee * amount) / 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify the validity of the maker order
     * @param makerOrder maker order
     * @param orderHash computed hash for the order
     */
    function _validateOrder(OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerOrder, bytes32 orderHash) internal view {
        // Verify whether order nonce has expired
        require(
            (!_isUserOrderNonceExecutedOrCancelled[makerOrder.signer][makerOrder.nonce]) &&
                (makerOrder.nonce >= userMinOrderNonce[makerOrder.signer]),
            "Order: Matching order expired"
        );
        // Verify the signer is not address(0)
        require(makerOrder.signer != address(0), "Order: Invalid signer");
        // Verify the amount is not 0
        require(makerOrder.amount > 0, "Order: Amount cannot be 0");
        // Verify the validity of the signature
        require(
            SignatureChecker.verify(
                orderHash,
                makerOrder.signer,
                makerOrder.v,
                makerOrder.r,
                makerOrder.s,
                DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
            ),
            "Signature: Invalid"
        );
        // Verify whether the currency is whitelisted
        require(currencyManager.isCurrencyWhitelisted(makerOrder.currency), "Currency: Not whitelisted");
        // Verify whether strategy can be executed
        require(executionManager.isStrategyWhitelisted(makerOrder.strategy), "Strategy: Not whitelisted");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ICurrencyManager {
    function addCurrency(address currency) external;
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external;
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExecutionManager {
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface IExecutionStrategy {
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function viewProtocolFee() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeManager {
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface ILooksRareExchange {
    function matchAskWithTakerBidUsingETHAndWETH(
        OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid,
        OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk
    ) external payable;
    function matchAskWithTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external;
    function matchBidWithTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferManagerNFT {
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferSelectorNFT {
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GNU
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface IWETH {
    function deposit() external payable;
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function withdraw(uint256) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title OrderTypes
 * @notice This library contains order types for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
library OrderTypes {
    // keccak256("MakerOrder(bool isOrderAsk,address signer,address collection,uint256 price,uint256 tokenId,uint256 amount,address strategy,address currency,uint256 nonce,uint256 startTime,uint256 endTime,uint256 minPercentageToAsk,bytes params)")
    bytes32 internal constant MAKER_ORDER_HASH = 0x40261ade532fa1d2c7293df30aaadb9b3c616fae525a0b56d3d411c841a85028;
    struct MakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address signer; // signer of the maker order
        address collection; // collection address
        uint256 price; // price (used as )
        uint256 tokenId; // id of the token
        uint256 amount; // amount of tokens to sell/purchase (must be 1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
        address strategy; // strategy for trade execution (e.g., DutchAuction, StandardSaleForFixedPrice)
        address currency; // currency (e.g., WETH)
        uint256 nonce; // order nonce (must be unique unless new maker order is meant to override existing one e.g., lower ask price)
        uint256 startTime; // startTime in timestamp
        uint256 endTime; // endTime in timestamp
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // additional parameters
        uint8 v; // v: parameter (27 or 28)
        bytes32 r; // r: parameter
        bytes32 s; // s: parameter
    }
    struct TakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address taker; // msg.sender
        uint256 price; // final price for the purchase
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // other params (e.g., tokenId)
    }
    function hash(MakerOrder memory makerOrder) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    MAKER_ORDER_HASH,
                    makerOrder.isOrderAsk,
                    makerOrder.signer,
                    makerOrder.collection,
                    makerOrder.price,
                    makerOrder.tokenId,
                    makerOrder.amount,
                    makerOrder.strategy,
                    makerOrder.currency,
                    makerOrder.nonce,
                    makerOrder.startTime,
                    makerOrder.endTime,
                    makerOrder.minPercentageToAsk,
                    keccak256(makerOrder.params)
                )
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {IERC1271} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC1271.sol";
/**
 * @title SignatureChecker
 * @notice This library allows verification of signatures for both EOAs and contracts.
 */
library SignatureChecker {
    /**
     * @notice Recovers the signer of a signature (for EOA)
     * @param hash the hash containing the signed mesage
     * @param v parameter (27 or 28). This prevents maleability since the public key recovery equation has two possible solutions.
     * @param r parameter
     * @param s parameter
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        // https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/83174/is-it-best-practice-to-check-signature-malleability-in-ecrecover
        // https://crypto.iacr.org/2019/affevents/wac/medias/Heninger-BiasedNonceSense.pdf
        require(
            uint256(s) <= 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0,
            "Signature: Invalid s parameter"
        );
        require(v == 27 || v == 28, "Signature: Invalid v parameter");
        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        require(signer != address(0), "Signature: Invalid signer");
        return signer;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the signer matches the signed message
     * @param hash the hash containing the signed mesage
     * @param signer the signer address to confirm message validity
     * @param v parameter (27 or 28)
     * @param r parameter
     * @param s parameter
     * @param domainSeparator paramer to prevent signature being executed in other chains and environments
     * @return true --> if valid // false --> if invalid
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32 hash,
        address signer,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s,
        bytes32 domainSeparator
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        // \\x19\\x01 is the standardized encoding prefix
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#specification
        bytes32 digest = keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19\\x01", domainSeparator, hash));
        if (Address.isContract(signer)) {
            // 0x1626ba7e is the interfaceId for signature contracts (see IERC1271)
            return IERC1271(signer).isValidSignature(digest, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)) == 0x1626ba7e;
        } else {
            return recover(digest, v, r, s) == signer;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
 * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IERC1271 {
    /**
     * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
     * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
     * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
     */
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
}

// Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub

// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.4.18;

contract WETH9 {
    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
    string public symbol   = "WETH";
    uint8  public decimals = 18;

    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);

    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;

    function() public payable {
        deposit();
    }
    function deposit() public payable {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
    }

    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
        return this.balance;
    }

    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
    }

    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
        public
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);

        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
        }

        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
        balanceOf[dst] += wad;

        Transfer(src, dst, wad);

        return true;
    }
}


/*
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  0. Definitions.

  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.

  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.

  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.

  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

  1. Source Code.

  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.

  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.

  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.

  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.

  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.

  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
    it, and giving a relevant date.

    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
    released under this License and any conditions added under section
    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
    "keep intact all notices".

    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
    work need not make them do so.

  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:

    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
    customarily used for software interchange.

    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
    with subsection 6b.

    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
    charge under subsection 6d.

  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.

  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.

  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.

  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).

  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.

  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.

  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
    authors of the material; or

    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
    those licensors and authors.

  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.

  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.

  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).

  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.

  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.

  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

  11. Patents.

  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.

  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.

  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.

  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.

  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.

  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.

  Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

*/

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {AccessControl} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {FeeSharingSystem} from "./FeeSharingSystem.sol";
import {TokenDistributor} from "./TokenDistributor.sol";
import {IRewardConvertor} from "../interfaces/IRewardConvertor.sol";
/**
 * @title FeeSharingSetter
 * @notice It receives LooksRare protocol fees and owns the FeeSharingSystem contract.
 * It can plug to AMMs for converting all received currencies to WETH.
 */
contract FeeSharingSetter is ReentrancyGuard, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    // Operator role
    bytes32 public constant OPERATOR_ROLE = keccak256("OPERATOR_ROLE");
    // Min duration for each fee-sharing period (in blocks)
    uint256 public immutable MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS;
    // Max duration for each fee-sharing period (in blocks)
    uint256 public immutable MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS;
    IERC20 public immutable looksRareToken;
    IERC20 public immutable rewardToken;
    FeeSharingSystem public feeSharingSystem;
    TokenDistributor public immutable tokenDistributor;
    // Reward convertor (tool to convert other currencies to rewardToken)
    IRewardConvertor public rewardConvertor;
    // Last reward block of distribution
    uint256 public lastRewardDistributionBlock;
    // Next reward duration in blocks
    uint256 public nextRewardDurationInBlocks;
    // Reward duration in blocks
    uint256 public rewardDurationInBlocks;
    // Set of addresses that are staking only the fee sharing
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _feeStakingAddresses;
    event ConversionToRewardToken(address indexed token, uint256 amountConverted, uint256 amountReceived);
    event FeeStakingAddressesAdded(address[] feeStakingAddresses);
    event FeeStakingAddressesRemoved(address[] feeStakingAddresses);
    event NewFeeSharingSystemOwner(address newOwner);
    event NewRewardDurationInBlocks(uint256 rewardDurationInBlocks);
    event NewRewardConvertor(address rewardConvertor);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _feeSharingSystem address of the fee sharing system
     * @param _minRewardDurationInBlocks minimum reward duration in blocks
     * @param _maxRewardDurationInBlocks maximum reward duration in blocks
     * @param _rewardDurationInBlocks reward duration between two updates in blocks
     */
    constructor(
        address _feeSharingSystem,
        uint256 _minRewardDurationInBlocks,
        uint256 _maxRewardDurationInBlocks,
        uint256 _rewardDurationInBlocks
    ) {
        require(
            (_rewardDurationInBlocks <= _maxRewardDurationInBlocks) &&
                (_rewardDurationInBlocks >= _minRewardDurationInBlocks),
            "Owner: Reward duration in blocks outside of range"
        );
        MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS = _minRewardDurationInBlocks;
        MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS = _maxRewardDurationInBlocks;
        feeSharingSystem = FeeSharingSystem(_feeSharingSystem);
        rewardToken = feeSharingSystem.rewardToken();
        looksRareToken = feeSharingSystem.looksRareToken();
        tokenDistributor = feeSharingSystem.tokenDistributor();
        rewardDurationInBlocks = _rewardDurationInBlocks;
        nextRewardDurationInBlocks = _rewardDurationInBlocks;
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update the reward per block (in rewardToken)
     * @dev It automatically retrieves the number of pending WETH and adjusts
     * based on the balance of LOOKS in fee-staking addresses that exist in the set.
     */
    function updateRewards() external onlyRole(OPERATOR_ROLE) {
        if (lastRewardDistributionBlock > 0) {
            require(block.number > (rewardDurationInBlocks + lastRewardDistributionBlock), "Reward: Too early to add");
        }
        // Adjust for this period
        if (rewardDurationInBlocks != nextRewardDurationInBlocks) {
            rewardDurationInBlocks = nextRewardDurationInBlocks;
        }
        lastRewardDistributionBlock = block.number;
        // Calculate the reward to distribute as the balance held by this address
        uint256 reward = rewardToken.balanceOf(address(this));
        require(reward != 0, "Reward: Nothing to distribute");
        // Check if there is any address eligible for fee-sharing only
        uint256 numberAddressesForFeeStaking = _feeStakingAddresses.length();
        // If there are eligible addresses for fee-sharing only, calculate their shares
        if (numberAddressesForFeeStaking > 0) {
            uint256[] memory looksBalances = new uint256[](numberAddressesForFeeStaking);
            (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(feeSharingSystem));
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberAddressesForFeeStaking; i++) {
                uint256 looksBalance = looksRareToken.balanceOf(_feeStakingAddresses.at(i));
                totalAmountStaked += looksBalance;
                looksBalances[i] = looksBalance;
            }
            // Only apply the logic if the totalAmountStaked > 0 (to prevent division by 0)
            if (totalAmountStaked > 0) {
                uint256 adjustedReward = reward;
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberAddressesForFeeStaking; i++) {
                    uint256 amountToTransfer = (looksBalances[i] * reward) / totalAmountStaked;
                    if (amountToTransfer > 0) {
                        adjustedReward -= amountToTransfer;
                        rewardToken.safeTransfer(_feeStakingAddresses.at(i), amountToTransfer);
                    }
                }
                // Adjust reward accordingly
                reward = adjustedReward;
            }
        }
        // Transfer tokens to fee sharing system
        rewardToken.safeTransfer(address(feeSharingSystem), reward);
        // Update rewards
        feeSharingSystem.updateRewards(reward, rewardDurationInBlocks);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Convert currencies to reward token
     * @dev Function only usable only for whitelisted currencies (where no potential side effect)
     * @param token address of the token to sell
     * @param additionalData additional data (e.g., slippage)
     */
    function convertCurrencyToRewardToken(address token, bytes calldata additionalData)
        external
        nonReentrant
        onlyRole(OPERATOR_ROLE)
    {
        require(address(rewardConvertor) != address(0), "Convert: RewardConvertor not set");
        require(token != address(rewardToken), "Convert: Cannot be reward token");
        uint256 amountToConvert = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(amountToConvert != 0, "Convert: Amount to convert must be > 0");
        // Adjust allowance for this transaction only
        IERC20(token).safeIncreaseAllowance(address(rewardConvertor), amountToConvert);
        // Exchange token to reward token
        uint256 amountReceived = rewardConvertor.convert(token, address(rewardToken), amountToConvert, additionalData);
        emit ConversionToRewardToken(token, amountToConvert, amountReceived);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Add staking addresses
     * @param _stakingAddresses array of addresses eligible for fee-sharing only
     */
    function addFeeStakingAddresses(address[] calldata _stakingAddresses) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _stakingAddresses.length; i++) {
            require(!_feeStakingAddresses.contains(_stakingAddresses[i]), "Owner: Address already registered");
            _feeStakingAddresses.add(_stakingAddresses[i]);
        }
        emit FeeStakingAddressesAdded(_stakingAddresses);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove staking addresses
     * @param _stakingAddresses array of addresses eligible for fee-sharing only
     */
    function removeFeeStakingAddresses(address[] calldata _stakingAddresses) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _stakingAddresses.length; i++) {
            require(_feeStakingAddresses.contains(_stakingAddresses[i]), "Owner: Address not registered");
            _feeStakingAddresses.remove(_stakingAddresses[i]);
        }
        emit FeeStakingAddressesRemoved(_stakingAddresses);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set new reward duration in blocks for next update
     * @param _newRewardDurationInBlocks number of blocks for new reward period
     */
    function setNewRewardDurationInBlocks(uint256 _newRewardDurationInBlocks) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        require(
            (_newRewardDurationInBlocks <= MAX_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS) &&
                (_newRewardDurationInBlocks >= MIN_REWARD_DURATION_IN_BLOCKS),
            "Owner: New reward duration in blocks outside of range"
        );
        nextRewardDurationInBlocks = _newRewardDurationInBlocks;
        emit NewRewardDurationInBlocks(_newRewardDurationInBlocks);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set reward convertor contract
     * @param _rewardConvertor address of the reward convertor (set to null to deactivate)
     */
    function setRewardConvertor(address _rewardConvertor) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        rewardConvertor = IRewardConvertor(_rewardConvertor);
        emit NewRewardConvertor(_rewardConvertor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ownership of fee sharing system
     * @param _newOwner address of the new owner
     */
    function transferOwnershipOfFeeSharingSystem(address _newOwner) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        require(_newOwner != address(0), "Owner: New owner cannot be null address");
        feeSharingSystem.transferOwnership(_newOwner);
        emit NewFeeSharingSystemOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @notice See addresses eligible for fee-staking
     */
    function viewFeeStakingAddresses() external view returns (address[] memory) {
        uint256 length = _feeStakingAddresses.length();
        address[] memory feeStakingAddresses = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            feeStakingAddresses[i] = _feeStakingAddresses.at(i);
        }
        return (feeStakingAddresses);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {TokenDistributor} from "./TokenDistributor.sol";
/**
 * @title FeeSharingSystem
 * @notice It handles the distribution of fees using
 * WETH along with the auto-compounding of LOOKS.
 */
contract FeeSharingSystem is ReentrancyGuard, Ownable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    struct UserInfo {
        uint256 shares; // shares of token staked
        uint256 userRewardPerTokenPaid; // user reward per token paid
        uint256 rewards; // pending rewards
    }
    // Precision factor for calculating rewards and exchange rate
    uint256 public constant PRECISION_FACTOR = 10**18;
    IERC20 public immutable looksRareToken;
    IERC20 public immutable rewardToken;
    TokenDistributor public immutable tokenDistributor;
    // Reward rate (block)
    uint256 public currentRewardPerBlock;
    // Last reward adjustment block number
    uint256 public lastRewardAdjustment;
    // Last update block for rewards
    uint256 public lastUpdateBlock;
    // Current end block for the current reward period
    uint256 public periodEndBlock;
    // Reward per token stored
    uint256 public rewardPerTokenStored;
    // Total existing shares
    uint256 public totalShares;
    mapping(address => UserInfo) public userInfo;
    event Deposit(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event Harvest(address indexed user, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event NewRewardPeriod(uint256 numberBlocks, uint256 rewardPerBlock, uint256 reward);
    event Withdraw(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareToken address of the token staked (LOOKS)
     * @param _rewardToken address of the reward token
     * @param _tokenDistributor address of the token distributor contract
     */
    constructor(
        address _looksRareToken,
        address _rewardToken,
        address _tokenDistributor
    ) {
        rewardToken = IERC20(_rewardToken);
        looksRareToken = IERC20(_looksRareToken);
        tokenDistributor = TokenDistributor(_tokenDistributor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param amount amount to deposit (in LOOKS)
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     * @dev There is a limit of 1 LOOKS per deposit to prevent potential manipulation of current shares
     */
    function deposit(uint256 amount, bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        require(amount >= PRECISION_FACTOR, "Deposit: Amount must be >= 1 LOOKS");
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve total amount staked by this contract
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to this address
        looksRareToken.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount);
        uint256 currentShares;
        // Calculate the number of shares to issue for the user
        if (totalShares != 0) {
            currentShares = (amount * totalShares) / totalAmountStaked;
            // This is a sanity check to prevent deposit for 0 shares
            require(currentShares != 0, "Deposit: Fail");
        } else {
            currentShares = amount;
        }
        // Adjust internal shares
        userInfo[msg.sender].shares += currentShares;
        totalShares += currentShares;
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        if (claimRewardToken) {
            // Fetch pending rewards
            pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
            if (pendingRewards > 0) {
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
                rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
            }
        }
        // Verify LOOKS token allowance and adjust if necessary
        _checkAndAdjustLOOKSTokenAllowanceIfRequired(amount, address(tokenDistributor));
        // Deposit user amount in the token distributor contract
        tokenDistributor.deposit(amount);
        emit Deposit(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Harvest reward tokens that are pending
     */
    function harvest() external nonReentrant {
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
        // If pending rewards are null, revert
        require(pendingRewards > 0, "Harvest: Pending rewards must be > 0");
        // Adjust user rewards and transfer
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
        // Transfer reward token to sender
        rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
        emit Harvest(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param shares shares to withdraw
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function withdraw(uint256 shares, bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        require(
            (shares > 0) && (shares <= userInfo[msg.sender].shares),
            "Withdraw: Shares equal to 0 or larger than user shares"
        );
        _withdraw(shares, claimRewardToken);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw all staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function withdrawAll(bool claimRewardToken) external nonReentrant {
        _withdraw(userInfo[msg.sender].shares, claimRewardToken);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update the reward per block (in rewardToken)
     * @dev Only callable by owner. Owner is meant to be another smart contract.
     */
    function updateRewards(uint256 reward, uint256 rewardDurationInBlocks) external onlyOwner {
        // Adjust the current reward per block
        if (block.number >= periodEndBlock) {
            currentRewardPerBlock = reward / rewardDurationInBlocks;
        } else {
            currentRewardPerBlock =
                (reward + ((periodEndBlock - block.number) * currentRewardPerBlock)) /
                rewardDurationInBlocks;
        }
        lastUpdateBlock = block.number;
        periodEndBlock = block.number + rewardDurationInBlocks;
        emit NewRewardPeriod(rewardDurationInBlocks, currentRewardPerBlock, reward);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards (WETH) for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function calculatePendingRewards(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _calculatePendingRewards(user);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate value of LOOKS for a user given a number of shares owned
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function calculateSharesValueInLOOKS(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        // Retrieve amount staked
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Adjust for pending rewards
        totalAmountStaked += tokenDistributor.calculatePendingRewards(address(this));
        // Return user pro-rata of total shares
        return userInfo[user].shares == 0 ? 0 : (totalAmountStaked * userInfo[user].shares) / totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate price of one share (in LOOKS token)
     * Share price is expressed times 1e18
     */
    function calculateSharePriceInLOOKS() external view returns (uint256) {
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        // Adjust for pending rewards
        totalAmountStaked += tokenDistributor.calculatePendingRewards(address(this));
        return totalShares == 0 ? PRECISION_FACTOR : (totalAmountStaked * PRECISION_FACTOR) / (totalShares);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return last block where trading rewards were distributed
     */
    function lastRewardBlock() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _lastRewardBlock();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     */
    function _calculatePendingRewards(address user) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            ((userInfo[user].shares * (_rewardPerToken() - (userInfo[user].userRewardPerTokenPaid))) /
                PRECISION_FACTOR) + userInfo[user].rewards;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check current allowance and adjust if necessary
     * @param _amount amount to transfer
     * @param _to token to transfer
     */
    function _checkAndAdjustLOOKSTokenAllowanceIfRequired(uint256 _amount, address _to) internal {
        if (looksRareToken.allowance(address(this), _to) < _amount) {
            looksRareToken.approve(_to, type(uint256).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return last block where rewards must be distributed
     */
    function _lastRewardBlock() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.number < periodEndBlock ? block.number : periodEndBlock;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return reward per token
     */
    function _rewardPerToken() internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (totalShares == 0) {
            return rewardPerTokenStored;
        }
        return
            rewardPerTokenStored +
            ((_lastRewardBlock() - lastUpdateBlock) * (currentRewardPerBlock * PRECISION_FACTOR)) /
            totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update reward for a user account
     * @param _user address of the user
     */
    function _updateReward(address _user) internal {
        if (block.number != lastUpdateBlock) {
            rewardPerTokenStored = _rewardPerToken();
            lastUpdateBlock = _lastRewardBlock();
        }
        userInfo[_user].rewards = _calculatePendingRewards(_user);
        userInfo[_user].userRewardPerTokenPaid = rewardPerTokenStored;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens (and collect reward tokens if requested)
     * @param shares shares to withdraw
     * @param claimRewardToken whether to claim reward tokens
     */
    function _withdraw(uint256 shares, bool claimRewardToken) internal {
        // Auto compounds for everyone
        tokenDistributor.harvestAndCompound();
        // Update reward for user
        _updateReward(msg.sender);
        // Retrieve total amount staked and calculated current amount (in LOOKS)
        (uint256 totalAmountStaked, ) = tokenDistributor.userInfo(address(this));
        uint256 currentAmount = (totalAmountStaked * shares) / totalShares;
        userInfo[msg.sender].shares -= shares;
        totalShares -= shares;
        // Withdraw amount equivalent in shares
        tokenDistributor.withdraw(currentAmount);
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        if (claimRewardToken) {
            // Fetch pending rewards
            pendingRewards = userInfo[msg.sender].rewards;
            if (pendingRewards > 0) {
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewards = 0;
                rewardToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
            }
        }
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, currentAmount);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, currentAmount, pendingRewards);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IERC20, SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {ILooksRareToken} from "../interfaces/ILooksRareToken.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenDistributor
 * @notice It handles the distribution of LOOKS token.
 * It auto-adjusts block rewards over a set number of periods.
 */
contract TokenDistributor is ReentrancyGuard {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    using SafeERC20 for ILooksRareToken;
    struct StakingPeriod {
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        uint256 periodLengthInBlock;
    }
    struct UserInfo {
        uint256 amount; // Amount of staked tokens provided by user
        uint256 rewardDebt; // Reward debt
    }
    // Precision factor for calculating rewards
    uint256 public constant PRECISION_FACTOR = 10**12;
    ILooksRareToken public immutable looksRareToken;
    address public immutable tokenSplitter;
    // Number of reward periods
    uint256 public immutable NUMBER_PERIODS;
    // Block number when rewards start
    uint256 public immutable START_BLOCK;
    // Accumulated tokens per share
    uint256 public accTokenPerShare;
    // Current phase for rewards
    uint256 public currentPhase;
    // Block number when rewards end
    uint256 public endBlock;
    // Block number of the last update
    uint256 public lastRewardBlock;
    // Tokens distributed per block for other purposes (team + treasury + trading rewards)
    uint256 public rewardPerBlockForOthers;
    // Tokens distributed per block for staking
    uint256 public rewardPerBlockForStaking;
    // Total amount staked
    uint256 public totalAmountStaked;
    mapping(uint256 => StakingPeriod) public stakingPeriod;
    mapping(address => UserInfo) public userInfo;
    event Compound(address indexed user, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event Deposit(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    event NewRewardsPerBlock(
        uint256 indexed currentPhase,
        uint256 startBlock,
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForStaking,
        uint256 rewardPerBlockForOthers
    );
    event Withdraw(address indexed user, uint256 amount, uint256 harvestedAmount);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareToken LOOKS token address
     * @param _tokenSplitter token splitter contract address (for team and trading rewards)
     * @param _startBlock start block for reward program
     * @param _rewardsPerBlockForStaking array of rewards per block for staking
     * @param _rewardsPerBlockForOthers array of rewards per block for other purposes (team + treasury + trading rewards)
     * @param _periodLengthesInBlocks array of period lengthes
     * @param _numberPeriods number of periods with different rewards/lengthes (e.g., if 3 changes --> 4 periods)
     */
    constructor(
        address _looksRareToken,
        address _tokenSplitter,
        uint256 _startBlock,
        uint256[] memory _rewardsPerBlockForStaking,
        uint256[] memory _rewardsPerBlockForOthers,
        uint256[] memory _periodLengthesInBlocks,
        uint256 _numberPeriods
    ) {
        require(
            (_periodLengthesInBlocks.length == _numberPeriods) &&
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking.length == _numberPeriods) &&
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking.length == _numberPeriods),
            "Distributor: Lengthes must match numberPeriods"
        );
        // 1. Operational checks for supply
        uint256 nonCirculatingSupply = ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken).SUPPLY_CAP() -
            ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken).totalSupply();
        uint256 amountTokensToBeMinted;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numberPeriods; i++) {
            amountTokensToBeMinted +=
                (_rewardsPerBlockForStaking[i] * _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]) +
                (_rewardsPerBlockForOthers[i] * _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]);
            stakingPeriod[i] = StakingPeriod({
                rewardPerBlockForStaking: _rewardsPerBlockForStaking[i],
                rewardPerBlockForOthers: _rewardsPerBlockForOthers[i],
                periodLengthInBlock: _periodLengthesInBlocks[i]
            });
        }
        require(amountTokensToBeMinted == nonCirculatingSupply, "Distributor: Wrong reward parameters");
        // 2. Store values
        looksRareToken = ILooksRareToken(_looksRareToken);
        tokenSplitter = _tokenSplitter;
        rewardPerBlockForStaking = _rewardsPerBlockForStaking[0];
        rewardPerBlockForOthers = _rewardsPerBlockForOthers[0];
        START_BLOCK = _startBlock;
        endBlock = _startBlock + _periodLengthesInBlocks[0];
        NUMBER_PERIODS = _numberPeriods;
        // Set the lastRewardBlock as the startBlock
        lastRewardBlock = _startBlock;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit staked tokens and compounds pending rewards
     * @param amount amount to deposit (in LOOKS)
     */
    function deposit(uint256 amount) external nonReentrant {
        require(amount > 0, "Deposit: Amount must be > 0");
        // Update pool information
        _updatePool();
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to this contract
        looksRareToken.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount);
        uint256 pendingRewards;
        // If not new deposit, calculate pending rewards (for auto-compounding)
        if (userInfo[msg.sender].amount > 0) {
            pendingRewards =
                ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
                userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        }
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount += (amount + pendingRewards);
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        // Increase totalAmountStaked
        totalAmountStaked += (amount + pendingRewards);
        emit Deposit(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Compound based on pending rewards
     */
    function harvestAndCompound() external nonReentrant {
        // Update pool information
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        // Return if no pending rewards
        if (pendingRewards == 0) {
            // It doesn't throw revertion (to help with the fee-sharing auto-compounding contract)
            return;
        }
        // Adjust user amount for pending rewards
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount += pendingRewards;
        // Adjust totalAmountStaked
        totalAmountStaked += pendingRewards;
        // Recalculate reward debt based on new user amount
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        emit Compound(msg.sender, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update pool rewards
     */
    function updatePool() external nonReentrant {
        _updatePool();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw staked tokens and compound pending rewards
     * @param amount amount to withdraw
     */
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external nonReentrant {
        require(
            (userInfo[msg.sender].amount >= amount) && (amount > 0),
            "Withdraw: Amount must be > 0 or lower than user balance"
        );
        // Update pool
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount = userInfo[msg.sender].amount + pendingRewards - amount;
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = (userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR;
        // Adjust total amount staked
        totalAmountStaked = totalAmountStaked + pendingRewards - amount;
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to the sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, amount, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw all staked tokens and collect tokens
     */
    function withdrawAll() external nonReentrant {
        require(userInfo[msg.sender].amount > 0, "Withdraw: Amount must be > 0");
        // Update pool
        _updatePool();
        // Calculate pending rewards and amount to transfer (to the sender)
        uint256 pendingRewards = ((userInfo[msg.sender].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR) -
            userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt;
        uint256 amountToTransfer = userInfo[msg.sender].amount + pendingRewards;
        // Adjust total amount staked
        totalAmountStaked = totalAmountStaked - userInfo[msg.sender].amount;
        // Adjust user information
        userInfo[msg.sender].amount = 0;
        userInfo[msg.sender].rewardDebt = 0;
        // Transfer LOOKS tokens to the sender
        looksRareToken.safeTransfer(msg.sender, amountToTransfer);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, amountToTransfer, pendingRewards);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate pending rewards for a user
     * @param user address of the user
     * @return Pending rewards
     */
    function calculatePendingRewards(address user) external view returns (uint256) {
        if ((block.number > lastRewardBlock) && (totalAmountStaked != 0)) {
            uint256 multiplier = _getMultiplier(lastRewardBlock, block.number);
            uint256 tokenRewardForStaking = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking;
            uint256 adjustedEndBlock = endBlock;
            uint256 adjustedCurrentPhase = currentPhase;
            // Check whether to adjust multipliers and reward per block
            while ((block.number > adjustedEndBlock) && (adjustedCurrentPhase < (NUMBER_PERIODS - 1))) {
                // Update current phase
                adjustedCurrentPhase++;
                // Update rewards per block
                uint256 adjustedRewardPerBlockForStaking = stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].rewardPerBlockForStaking;
                // Calculate adjusted block number
                uint256 previousEndBlock = adjustedEndBlock;
                // Update end block
                adjustedEndBlock = previousEndBlock + stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
                // Calculate new multiplier
                uint256 newMultiplier = (block.number <= adjustedEndBlock)
                    ? (block.number - previousEndBlock)
                    : stakingPeriod[adjustedCurrentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
                // Adjust token rewards for staking
                tokenRewardForStaking += (newMultiplier * adjustedRewardPerBlockForStaking);
            }
            uint256 adjustedTokenPerShare = accTokenPerShare +
                (tokenRewardForStaking * PRECISION_FACTOR) /
                totalAmountStaked;
            return (userInfo[user].amount * adjustedTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR - userInfo[user].rewardDebt;
        } else {
            return (userInfo[user].amount * accTokenPerShare) / PRECISION_FACTOR - userInfo[user].rewardDebt;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update reward variables of the pool
     */
    function _updatePool() internal {
        if (block.number <= lastRewardBlock) {
            return;
        }
        if (totalAmountStaked == 0) {
            lastRewardBlock = block.number;
            return;
        }
        // Calculate multiplier
        uint256 multiplier = _getMultiplier(lastRewardBlock, block.number);
        // Calculate rewards for staking and others
        uint256 tokenRewardForStaking = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        uint256 tokenRewardForOthers = multiplier * rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        // Check whether to adjust multipliers and reward per block
        while ((block.number > endBlock) && (currentPhase < (NUMBER_PERIODS - 1))) {
            // Update rewards per block
            _updateRewardsPerBlock(endBlock);
            uint256 previousEndBlock = endBlock;
            // Adjust the end block
            endBlock += stakingPeriod[currentPhase].periodLengthInBlock;
            // Adjust multiplier to cover the missing periods with other lower inflation schedule
            uint256 newMultiplier = _getMultiplier(previousEndBlock, block.number);
            // Adjust token rewards
            tokenRewardForStaking += (newMultiplier * rewardPerBlockForStaking);
            tokenRewardForOthers += (newMultiplier * rewardPerBlockForOthers);
        }
        // Mint tokens only if token rewards for staking are not null
        if (tokenRewardForStaking > 0) {
            // It allows protection against potential issues to prevent funds from being locked
            bool mintStatus = looksRareToken.mint(address(this), tokenRewardForStaking);
            if (mintStatus) {
                accTokenPerShare = accTokenPerShare + ((tokenRewardForStaking * PRECISION_FACTOR) / totalAmountStaked);
            }
            looksRareToken.mint(tokenSplitter, tokenRewardForOthers);
        }
        // Update last reward block only if it wasn't updated after or at the end block
        if (lastRewardBlock <= endBlock) {
            lastRewardBlock = block.number;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update rewards per block
     * @dev Rewards are halved by 2 (for staking + others)
     */
    function _updateRewardsPerBlock(uint256 _newStartBlock) internal {
        // Update current phase
        currentPhase++;
        // Update rewards per block
        rewardPerBlockForStaking = stakingPeriod[currentPhase].rewardPerBlockForStaking;
        rewardPerBlockForOthers = stakingPeriod[currentPhase].rewardPerBlockForOthers;
        emit NewRewardsPerBlock(currentPhase, _newStartBlock, rewardPerBlockForStaking, rewardPerBlockForOthers);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return reward multiplier over the given "from" to "to" block.
     * @param from block to start calculating reward
     * @param to block to finish calculating reward
     * @return the multiplier for the period
     */
    function _getMultiplier(uint256 from, uint256 to) internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (to <= endBlock) {
            return to - from;
        } else if (from >= endBlock) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            return endBlock - from;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRewardConvertor {
    function convert(
        address tokenToSell,
        address tokenToBuy,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata additionalData
    ) external returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
interface ILooksRareToken is IERC20 {
    function SUPPLY_CAP() external view returns (uint256);
    function mint(address account, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Storage based implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts may inherit from this and call {_registerInterface} to declare
 * their support of an interface.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Storage is ERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Mapping of interface ids to whether or not it's supported.
     */
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) private _supportedInterfaces;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Registers the contract as an implementer of the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support of the actual ERC165 interface is automatic and
     * registering its interface id is not required.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `interfaceId` cannot be the ERC165 invalid interface (`0xffffffff`).
     */
    function _registerInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal virtual {
        require(interfaceId != 0xffffffff, "ERC165: invalid interface id");
        _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId] = true;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.

        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    function _verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) private pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly

                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/access/IKOAccessControlsLookup.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

interface IKOAccessControlsLookup {
    function hasAdminRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function isVerifiedArtist(uint256 _index, address _account, bytes32[] calldata _merkleProof) external view returns (bool);

    function isVerifiedArtistProxy(address _artist, address _proxy) external view returns (bool);

    function hasLegacyMinterRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function hasContractRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function hasContractOrAdminRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/core/IERC2981.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;


/// @notice This is purely an extension for the KO platform
/// @notice Royalties on KO are defined at an edition level for all tokens from the same edition
interface IERC2981EditionExtension {

    /// @notice Does the edition have any royalties defined
    function hasRoyalties(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    /// @notice Get the royalty receiver - all royalties should be sent to this account if not zero address
    function getRoyaltiesReceiver(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (address);
}

/**
 * ERC2981 standards interface for royalties
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165, IERC2981EditionExtension {
    /// ERC165 bytes to add to interface array - set in parent contract
    /// implementing this standard
    ///
    /// bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
    /// bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981 = 0x2a55205a;
    /// _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981);

    /// @notice Called with the sale price to determine how much royalty
    //          is owed and to whom.
    /// @param _tokenId - the NFT asset queried for royalty information
    /// @param _value - the sale price of the NFT asset specified by _tokenId
    /// @return _receiver - address of who should be sent the royalty payment
    /// @return _royaltyAmount - the royalty payment amount for _value sale price
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _value
    ) external view returns (
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _royaltyAmount
    );

}

// File: contracts/core/IKODAV3Minter.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

interface IKODAV3Minter {

    function mintBatchEdition(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri) external returns (uint256 _editionId);

    function mintBatchEditionAndComposeERC20s(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri, address[] calldata _erc20s, uint256[] calldata _amounts) external returns (uint256 _editionId);

    function mintConsecutiveBatchEdition(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri) external returns (uint256 _editionId);
}

// File: contracts/programmable/ITokenUriResolver.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

interface ITokenUriResolver {

    /// @notice Return the edition or token level URI - token level trumps edition level if found
    function tokenURI(uint256 _editionId, uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (string memory);

    /// @notice Do we have an edition level or token level token URI resolver set
    function isDefined(uint256 _editionId, uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.

    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];

        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.

            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;

            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];

                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }

            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();

            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];

            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }

    // Bytes32Set

    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }

    // AddressSet

    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }

    // UintSet

    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;

        _;

        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: contracts/core/IERC2309.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

/**
  @title ERC-2309: ERC-721 Batch Mint Extension
  @dev https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/2309
 */
interface IERC2309 {
    /**
      @notice This event is emitted when ownership of a batch of tokens changes by any mechanism.
      This includes minting, transferring, and burning.

      @dev The address executing the transaction MUST own all the tokens within the range of
      fromTokenId and toTokenId, or MUST be an approved operator to act on the owners behalf.
      The fromTokenId and toTokenId MUST be a sequential range of tokens IDs.
      When minting/creating tokens, the `fromAddress` argument MUST be set to `0x0` (i.e. zero address).
      When burning/destroying tokens, the `toAddress` argument MUST be set to `0x0` (i.e. zero address).

      @param fromTokenId The token ID that begins the batch of tokens being transferred
      @param toTokenId The token ID that ends the batch of tokens being transferred
      @param fromAddress The address transferring ownership of the specified range of tokens
      @param toAddress The address receiving ownership of the specified range of tokens.
    */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed fromAddress, address indexed toAddress);
}

// File: contracts/core/IHasSecondarySaleFees.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;


/// @title Royalties formats required for use on the Rarible platform
/// @dev https://docs.rarible.com/asset/royalties-schema
interface IHasSecondarySaleFees is IERC165 {

    event SecondarySaleFees(uint256 tokenId, address[] recipients, uint[] bps);

    function getFeeRecipients(uint256 id) external returns (address payable[] memory);

    function getFeeBps(uint256 id) external returns (uint[] memory);
}

// File: contracts/core/IKODAV3.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;






/// @title Core KODA V3 functionality
interface IKODAV3 is
IERC165, // Contract introspection
IERC721, // Core NFTs
IERC2309, // Consecutive batch mint
IERC2981, // Royalties
IHasSecondarySaleFees // Rariable / Foundation royalties
{
    // edition utils

    function getCreatorOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (address _originalCreator);

    function getCreatorOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (address _originalCreator);

    function getSizeOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _size);

    function getEditionSizeOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (uint256 _size);

    function editionExists(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition been disabled / soft burnt
    function isEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition been disabled / soft burnt OR sold out
    function isSalesDisabledOrSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Work out the max token ID for an edition ID
    function maxTokenIdOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Helper method for getting the next primary sale token from an edition starting low to high token IDs
    function getNextAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) external returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Helper method for getting the next primary sale token from an edition starting high to low token IDs
    function getReverseAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Utility method to get all data needed for the next primary sale, low token ID to high
    function facilitateNextPrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _tokenId);

    // Utility method to get all data needed for the next primary sale, high token ID to low
    function facilitateReversePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _tokenId);

    // Expanded royalty method for the edition, not token
    function royaltyAndCreatorInfo(uint256 _editionId, uint256 _value) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _amount);

    // Allows the creator to correct mistakes until the first token from an edition is sold
    function updateURIIfNoSaleMade(uint256 _editionId, string calldata _newURI) external;

    // Has any primary transfer happened from an edition
    function hasMadePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition sold out
    function isEditionSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Toggle on/off the edition from being able to make sales
    function toggleEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) external;

    // token utils

    function exists(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bool);

    function getEditionIdOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external pure returns (uint256 _editionId);

    function getEditionDetails(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (address _originalCreator, address _owner, uint16 _size, uint256 _editionId, string memory _uri);

    function hadPrimarySaleOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bool);

}

// File: contracts/core/composable/TopDownERC20Composable.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;







interface ERC998ERC20TopDown {
    event ReceivedERC20(address indexed _from, uint256 indexed _tokenId, address indexed _erc20Contract, uint256 _value);
    event ReceivedERC20ForEdition(address indexed _from, uint256 indexed _editionId, address indexed _erc20Contract, uint256 _value);
    event TransferERC20(uint256 indexed _tokenId, address indexed _to, address indexed _erc20Contract, uint256 _value);

    function balanceOfERC20(uint256 _tokenId, address _erc20Contract) external view returns (uint256);

    function transferERC20(uint256 _tokenId, address _to, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) external;

    function getERC20(address _from, uint256 _tokenId, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) external;
}

interface ERC998ERC20TopDownEnumerable {
    function totalERC20Contracts(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (uint256);

    function erc20ContractByIndex(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _index) external view returns (address);
}

/// @notice ERC998 ERC721 > ERC20 Top Down implementation
abstract contract TopDownERC20Composable is ERC998ERC20TopDown, ERC998ERC20TopDownEnumerable, ReentrancyGuard, Context {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;

    // Edition ID -> ERC20 contract -> Balance of ERC20 for every token in Edition
    mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) public editionTokenERC20Balances;

    // Edition ID -> ERC20 contract -> Token ID -> Balance Transferred out of token
    mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256))) public editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts;

    // Edition ID -> Linked ERC20 contract addresses
    mapping(uint256 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition;

    // Token ID -> Linked ERC20 contract addresses
    mapping(uint256 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) ERC20sEmbeddedInNft;

    // Token ID -> ERC20 contract -> balance of ERC20 owned by token
    mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) public ERC20Balances;

    /// @notice the ERC20 balance of a NFT token given an ERC20 token address
    function balanceOfERC20(uint256 _tokenId, address _erc20Contract) public override view returns (uint256) {
        IKODAV3 koda = IKODAV3(address(this));
        uint256 editionId = koda.getEditionIdOfToken(_tokenId);

        uint256 editionBalance = editionTokenERC20Balances[editionId][_erc20Contract];
        uint256 tokenEditionBalance = editionBalance / koda.getSizeOfEdition(editionId);
        uint256 spentTokens = editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts[editionId][_erc20Contract][_tokenId];
        tokenEditionBalance = tokenEditionBalance - spentTokens;

        return tokenEditionBalance + ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract];
    }

    /// @notice Transfer out an ERC20 from an NFT
    function transferERC20(uint256 _tokenId, address _to, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) external override nonReentrant {
        _prepareERC20LikeTransfer(_tokenId, _to, _erc20Contract, _value);

        IERC20(_erc20Contract).transfer(_to, _value);

        emit TransferERC20(_tokenId, _to, _erc20Contract, _value);
    }

    /// @notice An NFT token owner (or approved) can compose multiple ERC20s in their NFT
    function getERC20s(address _from, uint256[] calldata _tokenIds, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _totalValue) external {
        uint256 totalTokens = _tokenIds.length;
        require(totalTokens > 0 && _totalValue > 0, "Empty values");

        uint256 valuePerToken = _totalValue / totalTokens;
        for (uint i = 0; i < totalTokens; i++) {
            getERC20(_from, _tokenIds[i], _erc20Contract, valuePerToken);
        }
    }

    /// @notice A NFT token owner (or approved address) can compose any ERC20 in their NFT
    function getERC20(address _from, uint256 _tokenId, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) public override nonReentrant {
        require(_value > 0, "Value zero");
        require(_from == _msgSender(), "Only owner");

        address spender = _msgSender();
        IERC721 self = IERC721(address(this));

        address owner = self.ownerOf(_tokenId);
        require(
            owner == spender || self.isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || self.getApproved(_tokenId) == spender,
            "Invalid spender"
        );

        uint256 editionId = IKODAV3(address(this)).getEditionIdOfToken(_tokenId);
        bool editionAlreadyContainsERC20 = ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[editionId].contains(_erc20Contract);
        bool nftAlreadyContainsERC20 = ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].contains(_erc20Contract);

        // does not already contain _erc20Contract
        if (!editionAlreadyContainsERC20 && !nftAlreadyContainsERC20) {
            ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].add(_erc20Contract);
        }

        ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] = ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] + _value;

        IERC20 token = IERC20(_erc20Contract);
        require(token.allowance(_from, address(this)) >= _value, "Exceeds allowance");

        token.transferFrom(_from, address(this), _value);

        emit ReceivedERC20(_from, _tokenId, _erc20Contract, _value);
    }

    function _composeERC20IntoEdition(address _from, uint256 _editionId, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) internal nonReentrant {
        require(_value > 0, "Value zero");

        require(!ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[_editionId].contains(_erc20Contract), "Edition contains ERC20");

        ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[_editionId].add(_erc20Contract);
        editionTokenERC20Balances[_editionId][_erc20Contract] = editionTokenERC20Balances[_editionId][_erc20Contract] + _value;

        IERC20(_erc20Contract).transferFrom(_from, address(this), _value);

        emit ReceivedERC20ForEdition(_from, _editionId, _erc20Contract, _value);
    }

    function totalERC20Contracts(uint256 _tokenId) override public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 editionId = IKODAV3(address(this)).getEditionIdOfToken(_tokenId);
        return ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].length() + ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[editionId].length();
    }

    function erc20ContractByIndex(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _index) override external view returns (address) {
        uint256 numOfERC20sInNFT = ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].length();
        if (_index >= numOfERC20sInNFT) {
            uint256 editionId =  IKODAV3(address(this)).getEditionIdOfToken(_tokenId);
            return ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[editionId].at(_index - numOfERC20sInNFT);
        }

        return ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].at(_index);
    }

    /// --- Internal ----

    function _prepareERC20LikeTransfer(uint256 _tokenId, address _to, address _erc20Contract, uint256 _value) private {
        // To avoid stack too deep, do input checks within this scope
        {
            require(_value > 0, "Value zero");
            require(_to != address(0), "Zero address");

            IERC721 self = IERC721(address(this));

            address owner = self.ownerOf(_tokenId);
            require(
                owner == _msgSender() || self.isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()) || self.getApproved(_tokenId) == _msgSender(),
                "Not owner"
            );
        }

        // Check that the NFT contains the ERC20
        bool nftContainsERC20 = ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].contains(_erc20Contract);

        IKODAV3 koda = IKODAV3(address(this));
        uint256 editionId = koda.getEditionIdOfToken(_tokenId);
        bool editionContainsERC20 = ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[editionId].contains(_erc20Contract);
        require(nftContainsERC20 || editionContainsERC20, "No such ERC20");

        // Check there is enough balance to transfer out
        require(balanceOfERC20(_tokenId, _erc20Contract) >= _value, "Exceeds balance");

        uint256 editionSize = koda.getSizeOfEdition(editionId);
        uint256 tokenInitialBalance = editionTokenERC20Balances[editionId][_erc20Contract] / editionSize;
        uint256 spentTokens = editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts[editionId][_erc20Contract][_tokenId];
        uint256 editionTokenBalance = tokenInitialBalance - spentTokens;

        // Check whether the value can be fully transferred from the edition balance, token balance or both balances
        if (editionTokenBalance >= _value) {
            editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts[editionId][_erc20Contract][_tokenId] = spentTokens + _value;
        } else if (ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] >= _value) {
            ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] = ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] - _value;
        } else {
            // take from both balances
            editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts[editionId][_erc20Contract][_tokenId] = spentTokens + editionTokenBalance;
            uint256 amountOfTokensToSpendFromTokenBalance = _value - editionTokenBalance;
            ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] = ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] - amountOfTokensToSpendFromTokenBalance;
        }

        // The ERC20 is no longer composed within the token if the balance falls to zero
        if (nftContainsERC20 && ERC20Balances[_tokenId][_erc20Contract] == 0) {
            ERC20sEmbeddedInNft[_tokenId].remove(_erc20Contract);
        }

        // If all tokens in an edition have spent their ERC20 balance, then we can remove the link
        if (editionContainsERC20) {
            uint256 allTokensInEditionERC20Balance;
            for (uint i = 0; i < editionSize; i++) {
                uint256 tokenBal = tokenInitialBalance - editionTokenERC20TransferAmounts[editionId][_erc20Contract][editionId + i];
                allTokensInEditionERC20Balance = allTokensInEditionERC20Balance + tokenBal;
            }

            if (allTokensInEditionERC20Balance == 0) {
                ERC20sEmbeddedInEdition[editionId].remove(_erc20Contract);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/core/composable/TopDownSimpleERC721Composable.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;



abstract contract TopDownSimpleERC721Composable is Context {
    struct ComposedNFT {
        address nft;
        uint256 tokenId;
    }

    // KODA Token ID -> composed nft
    mapping(uint256 => ComposedNFT) public kodaTokenComposedNFT;

    // External NFT address -> External Token ID -> KODA token ID
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) public composedNFTsToKodaToken;

    event ReceivedChild(address indexed _from, uint256 indexed _tokenId, address indexed _childContract, uint256 _childTokenId);
    event TransferChild(uint256 indexed _tokenId, address indexed _to, address indexed _childContract, uint256 _childTokenId);

    /// @notice compose a set of the same child ERC721s into a KODA tokens
    /// @notice Caller must own both KODA and child NFT tokens
    function composeNFTsIntoKodaTokens(uint256[] calldata _kodaTokenIds, address _nft, uint256[] calldata _nftTokenIds) external {
        uint256 totalKodaTokens = _kodaTokenIds.length;
        require(totalKodaTokens > 0 && totalKodaTokens == _nftTokenIds.length, "Invalid list");

        IERC721 nftContract = IERC721(_nft);

        for (uint i = 0; i < totalKodaTokens; i++) {
            uint256 _kodaTokenId = _kodaTokenIds[i];
            uint256 _nftTokenId = _nftTokenIds[i];

            require(
                IERC721(address(this)).ownerOf(_kodaTokenId) == nftContract.ownerOf(_nftTokenId),
                "Owner mismatch"
            );

            kodaTokenComposedNFT[_kodaTokenId] = ComposedNFT(_nft, _nftTokenId);
            composedNFTsToKodaToken[_nft][_nftTokenId] = _kodaTokenId;

            nftContract.transferFrom(_msgSender(), address(this), _nftTokenId);
            emit ReceivedChild(_msgSender(), _kodaTokenId, _nft, _nftTokenId);
        }
    }

    /// @notice Transfer a child 721 wrapped within a KODA token to a given recipient
    /// @notice only KODA token owner can call this
    function transferChild(uint256 _kodaTokenId, address _recipient) external {
        require(
            IERC721(address(this)).ownerOf(_kodaTokenId) == _msgSender(),
            "Only KODA owner"
        );

        address nft = kodaTokenComposedNFT[_kodaTokenId].nft;
        uint256 nftId = kodaTokenComposedNFT[_kodaTokenId].tokenId;

        delete kodaTokenComposedNFT[_kodaTokenId];
        delete composedNFTsToKodaToken[nft][nftId];

        IERC721(nft).transferFrom(address(this), _recipient, nftId);

        emit TransferChild(_kodaTokenId, _recipient, nft, nftId);
    }
}

// File: contracts/core/Konstants.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

contract Konstants {

    // Every edition always goes up in batches of 1000
    uint16 public constant MAX_EDITION_SIZE = 1000;

    // magic method that defines the maximum range for an edition - this is fixed forever - tokens are minted in range
    function _editionFromTokenId(uint256 _tokenId) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return (_tokenId / MAX_EDITION_SIZE) * MAX_EDITION_SIZE;
    }
}

// File: contracts/core/BaseKoda.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;






abstract contract BaseKoda is Konstants, Context, IKODAV3 {

    bytes4 constant internal ERC721_RECEIVED = bytes4(keccak256("onERC721Received(address,address,uint256,bytes)"));

    event AdminUpdateSecondaryRoyalty(uint256 _secondarySaleRoyalty);
    event AdminUpdateBasisPointsModulo(uint256 _basisPointsModulo);
    event AdminUpdateModulo(uint256 _modulo);
    event AdminEditionReported(uint256 indexed _editionId, bool indexed _reported);
    event AdminArtistAccountReported(address indexed _account, bool indexed _reported);
    event AdminUpdateAccessControls(IKOAccessControlsLookup indexed _oldAddress, IKOAccessControlsLookup indexed _newAddress);

    modifier onlyContract(){
        _onlyContract();
        _;
    }

    function _onlyContract() private view {
        require(accessControls.hasContractRole(_msgSender()), "Must be contract");
    }

    modifier onlyAdmin(){
        _onlyAdmin();
        _;
    }

    function _onlyAdmin() private view {
        require(accessControls.hasAdminRole(_msgSender()), "Must be admin");
    }

    IKOAccessControlsLookup public accessControls;

    // A onchain reference to editions which have been reported for some infringement purposes to KO
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public reportedEditionIds;

    // A onchain reference to accounts which have been lost/hacked etc
    mapping(address => bool) public reportedArtistAccounts;

    // Secondary sale commission
    uint256 public secondarySaleRoyalty = 12_50000; // 12.5% by default

    /// @notice precision 100.00000%
    uint256 public modulo = 100_00000;

    /// @notice Basis points conversion modulo
    /// @notice This is used by the IHasSecondarySaleFees implementation which is different than EIP-2981 specs
    uint256 public basisPointsModulo = 1000;

    constructor(IKOAccessControlsLookup _accessControls) {
        accessControls = _accessControls;
    }

    function reportEditionId(uint256 _editionId, bool _reported) onlyAdmin public {
        reportedEditionIds[_editionId] = _reported;
        emit AdminEditionReported(_editionId, _reported);
    }

    function reportArtistAccount(address _account, bool _reported) onlyAdmin public {
        reportedArtistAccounts[_account] = _reported;
        emit AdminArtistAccountReported(_account, _reported);
    }

    function updateBasisPointsModulo(uint256 _basisPointsModulo) onlyAdmin public {
        require(_basisPointsModulo > 0, "Is zero");
        basisPointsModulo = _basisPointsModulo;
        emit AdminUpdateBasisPointsModulo(_basisPointsModulo);
    }

    function updateModulo(uint256 _modulo) onlyAdmin public {
        require(_modulo > 0, "Is zero");
        modulo = _modulo;
        emit AdminUpdateModulo(_modulo);
    }

    function updateSecondaryRoyalty(uint256 _secondarySaleRoyalty) onlyAdmin public {
        secondarySaleRoyalty = _secondarySaleRoyalty;
        emit AdminUpdateSecondaryRoyalty(_secondarySaleRoyalty);
    }

    function updateAccessControls(IKOAccessControlsLookup _accessControls) public onlyAdmin {
        require(_accessControls.hasAdminRole(_msgSender()), "Must be admin");
        emit AdminUpdateAccessControls(accessControls, _accessControls);
        accessControls = _accessControls;
    }

    /// @dev Allows for the ability to extract stuck ERC20 tokens
    /// @dev Only callable from admin
    function withdrawStuckTokens(address _tokenAddress, uint256 _amount, address _withdrawalAccount) onlyAdmin public {
        IERC20(_tokenAddress).transfer(_withdrawalAccount, _amount);
    }
}

// File: contracts/core/KnownOriginDigitalAssetV3.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;











/// @title A ERC-721 compliant contract which has a focus on being GAS efficient along with being able to support
/// both unique tokens and multi-editions sharing common traits but of limited supply
///
/// @author KnownOrigin Labs - https://knownorigin.io/
///
/// @notice The NFT supports a range of standards such as:
/// @notice EIP-2981 Royalties Standard
/// @notice EIP-2309 Consecutive batch mint
/// @notice ERC-998 Top-down ERC-20 composable
contract KnownOriginDigitalAssetV3 is
TopDownERC20Composable,
TopDownSimpleERC721Composable,
BaseKoda,
ERC165Storage,
IKODAV3Minter {

    event EditionURIUpdated(uint256 indexed _editionId);
    event EditionSalesDisabledToggled(uint256 indexed _editionId, bool _oldValue, bool _newValue);
    event SealedEditionMetaDataSet(uint256 indexed _editionId);
    event SealedTokenMetaDataSet(uint256 indexed _tokenId);
    event AdditionalEditionUnlockableSet(uint256 indexed _editionId);
    event AdminRoyaltiesRegistryProxySet(address indexed _royaltiesRegistryProxy);
    event AdminTokenUriResolverSet(address indexed _tokenUriResolver);

    modifier validateEdition(uint256 _editionId) {
        _validateEdition(_editionId);
        _;
    }

    function _validateEdition(uint256 _editionId) private view {
        require(_editionExists(_editionId), "Edition does not exist");
    }

    modifier validateCreator(uint256 _editionId) {
        address creator = getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId);
        require(
            _msgSender() == creator || accessControls.isVerifiedArtistProxy(creator, _msgSender()),
            "Only creator or proxy"
        );
        _;
    }

    /// @notice Token name
    string public constant name = "KnownOriginDigitalAsset";

    /// @notice Token symbol
    string public constant symbol = "KODA";

    /// @notice KODA version
    string public constant version = "3";

    /// @notice Royalties registry
    IERC2981 public royaltiesRegistryProxy;

    /// @notice Token URI resolver
    ITokenUriResolver public tokenUriResolver;

    /// @notice Edition number pointer
    uint256 public editionPointer;

    struct EditionDetails {
        address creator; // primary edition/token creator
        uint16 editionSize; // onchain edition size
        string uri; // the referenced metadata
    }

    /// @dev tokens are minted in batches - the first token ID used is representative of the edition ID
    mapping(uint256 => EditionDetails) internal editionDetails;

    /// @dev Mapping of tokenId => owner - only set on first transfer (after mint) such as a primary sale and/or gift
    mapping(uint256 => address) internal owners;

    /// @dev Mapping of owner => number of tokens owned
    mapping(address => uint256) internal balances;

    /// @dev Mapping of tokenId => approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) internal approvals;

    /// @dev Mapping of owner => operator => approved
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) internal operatorApprovals;

    /// @notice Optional one time use storage slot for additional edition metadata
    mapping(uint256 => string) public sealedEditionMetaData;

    /// @notice Optional one time use storage slot for additional token metadata such ass peramweb metadata
    mapping(uint256 => string) public sealedTokenMetaData;

    /// @notice Allows a creator to disable sales of their edition
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public editionSalesDisabled;

    constructor(
        IKOAccessControlsLookup _accessControls,
        IERC2981 _royaltiesRegistryProxy,
        uint256 _editionPointer
    ) BaseKoda(_accessControls) {
        // starting point for new edition IDs
        editionPointer = _editionPointer;

        // optional registry address - can be constructed as zero address
        royaltiesRegistryProxy = _royaltiesRegistryProxy;

        // INTERFACE_ID_ERC721
        _registerInterface(0x80ac58cd);

        // INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_METADATA
        _registerInterface(0x5b5e139f);

        // _INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981
        _registerInterface(0x2a55205a);

        // _INTERFACE_ID_FEES
        _registerInterface(0xb7799584);
    }

    /// @notice Mints batches of tokens emitting multiple Transfer events
    function mintBatchEdition(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri)
    public
    override
    onlyContract
    returns (uint256 _editionId) {
        return _mintBatchEdition(_editionSize, _to, _uri);
    }

    /// @notice Mints an edition token batch and composes ERC20s for every token in the edition
    function mintBatchEditionAndComposeERC20s(
        uint16 _editionSize,
        address _to,
        string calldata _uri,
        address[] calldata _erc20s,
        uint256[] calldata _amounts
    ) external
    override
    onlyContract
    returns (uint256 _editionId) {
        uint256 totalErc20s = _erc20s.length;
        require(totalErc20s > 0 && totalErc20s == _amounts.length, "Tokens invalid");

        _editionId = _mintBatchEdition(_editionSize, _to, _uri);

        for (uint i = 0; i < totalErc20s; i++) {
            _composeERC20IntoEdition(_to, _editionId, _erc20s[i], _amounts[i]);
        }
    }

    function _mintBatchEdition(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri) internal returns (uint256) {
        require(_editionSize > 0 && _editionSize <= MAX_EDITION_SIZE, "Invalid size");

        uint256 start = generateNextEditionNumber();

        // N.B: Dont store owner, see ownerOf method to special case checking to avoid storage costs on creation

        // assign balance
        balances[_to] = balances[_to] + _editionSize;

        // edition of x
        editionDetails[start] = EditionDetails(_to, _editionSize, _uri);

        // Loop emit all transfer events
        uint256 end = start + _editionSize;
        for (uint i = start; i < end; i++) {
            emit Transfer(address(0), _to, i);
        }
        return start;
    }

    /// @notice Mints batches of tokens but emits a single ConsecutiveTransfer event EIP-2309
    function mintConsecutiveBatchEdition(uint16 _editionSize, address _to, string calldata _uri)
    public
    override
    onlyContract
    returns (uint256 _editionId) {
        require(_editionSize > 0 && _editionSize <= MAX_EDITION_SIZE, "Invalid size");

        uint256 start = generateNextEditionNumber();

        // N.B: Dont store owner, see ownerOf method to special case checking to avoid storage costs on creation

        // assign balance
        balances[_to] = balances[_to] + _editionSize;

        // Start ID always equals edition ID
        editionDetails[start] = EditionDetails(_to, _editionSize, _uri);

        // emit EIP-2309 consecutive transfer event
        emit ConsecutiveTransfer(start, start + _editionSize, address(0), _to);

        return start;
    }

    /// @notice Allows the creator of an edition to update the token URI provided that no primary sales have been made
    function updateURIIfNoSaleMade(uint256 _editionId, string calldata _newURI)
    external
    override
    validateCreator(_editionId) {
        require(
            !hasMadePrimarySale(_editionId) && (!tokenUriResolverActive() || !tokenUriResolver.isDefined(_editionId, 0)),
            "Invalid state"
        );

        editionDetails[_editionId].uri = _newURI;

        emit EditionURIUpdated(_editionId);
    }

    /// @notice Increases the edition pointer and then returns this pointer for minting methods
    function generateNextEditionNumber() internal returns (uint256) {
        editionPointer = editionPointer + MAX_EDITION_SIZE;
        return editionPointer;
    }

    /// @notice URI for an edition. Individual tokens in an edition will have this URI when tokenURI() is called
    function editionURI(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) public view returns (string memory) {

        // Here we are checking only that the edition has a edition level resolver - there may be a overridden token level resolver
        if (tokenUriResolverActive() && tokenUriResolver.isDefined(_editionId, 0)) {
            return tokenUriResolver.tokenURI(_editionId, 0);
        }

        return editionDetails[_editionId].uri;
    }

    /// @notice Returns the URI based on the edition associated with a token
    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(_tokenId), "Token does not exist");
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);

        if (tokenUriResolverActive() && tokenUriResolver.isDefined(editionId, _tokenId)) {
            return tokenUriResolver.tokenURI(editionId, _tokenId);
        }

        return editionDetails[editionId].uri;
    }

    /// @notice Allows the caller to check if external URI resolver is active
    function tokenUriResolverActive() public view returns (bool) {
        return address(tokenUriResolver) != address(0);
    }

    /// @notice Additional metadata string for an edition
    function editionAdditionalMetaData(uint256 _editionId) public view returns (string memory) {
        return sealedEditionMetaData[_editionId];
    }

    /// @notice Additional metadata string for a token
    function tokenAdditionalMetaData(uint256 _tokenId) public view returns (string memory) {
        return sealedTokenMetaData[_tokenId];
    }

    /// @notice Additional metadata string for an edition given a token ID
    function editionAdditionalMetaDataForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view returns (string memory) {
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
        return sealedEditionMetaData[editionId];
    }

    function getEditionDetails(uint256 _tokenId)
    public
    override
    view
    returns (address _originalCreator, address _owner, uint16 _size, uint256 _editionId, string memory _uri) {
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
        EditionDetails storage edition = editionDetails[editionId];
        return (
        edition.creator,
        _ownerOf(_tokenId, editionId),
        edition.editionSize,
        editionId,
        tokenURI(_tokenId)
        );
    }


    /// @notice If primary sales for an edition are disabled
    function isEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) external view override returns (bool) {
        return editionSalesDisabled[_editionId];
    }

    /// @notice If primary sales for an edition are disabled or if the edition is sold out
    function isSalesDisabledOrSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) external view override returns (bool) {
        return editionSalesDisabled[_editionId] || isEditionSoldOut(_editionId);
    }

    /// @notice Toggle for disabling primary sales for an edition
    function toggleEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) external override {
        address creator = editionDetails[_editionId].creator;

        require(
            creator == _msgSender() || accessControls.hasAdminRole(_msgSender()),
            "Only creator or admin"
        );

        emit EditionSalesDisabledToggled(_editionId, editionSalesDisabled[_editionId], !editionSalesDisabled[_editionId]);

        editionSalesDisabled[_editionId] = !editionSalesDisabled[_editionId];
    }

    ///////////////////
    // Creator query //
    ///////////////////

    function getCreatorOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (address _originalCreator) {
        return _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId);
    }

    function getCreatorOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) public override view returns (address _originalCreator) {
        return _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionFromTokenId(_tokenId));
    }

    function _getCreatorOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) internal view returns (address _originalCreator) {
        return editionDetails[_editionId].creator;
    }

    ////////////////
    // Size query //
    ////////////////

    function getSizeOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (uint256 _size) {
        return editionDetails[_editionId].editionSize;
    }

    function getEditionSizeOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) public override view returns (uint256 _size) {
        return editionDetails[_editionFromTokenId(_tokenId)].editionSize;
    }

    /////////////////////
    // Existence query //
    /////////////////////

    function editionExists(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (bool) {
        return _editionExists(_editionId);
    }

    function _editionExists(uint256 _editionId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return editionDetails[_editionId].editionSize > 0;
    }

    function exists(uint256 _tokenId) public override view returns (bool) {
        return _exists(_tokenId);
    }

    function _exists(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _ownerOf(_tokenId, _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId)) != address(0);
    }

    /// @notice Returns the last token ID of an edition based on the edition's size
    function maxTokenIdOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        return _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId);
    }

    function _maxTokenIdOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) internal view returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        return editionDetails[_editionId].editionSize + _editionId;
    }

    ////////////////
    // Edition ID //
    ////////////////

    function getEditionIdOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) public override pure returns (uint256 _editionId) {
        return _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
    }

    function _royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _value) internal view returns (address _receiver, uint256 _royaltyAmount) {
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
        // If we have a registry and its defined, use it
        if (royaltyRegistryActive() && royaltiesRegistryProxy.hasRoyalties(editionId)) {
            // Note: any registry must be edition aware so to only store one entry for all within the edition
            (_receiver, _royaltyAmount) = royaltiesRegistryProxy.royaltyInfo(editionId, _value);
        } else {
            // Fall back to KO defaults
            _receiver = _getCreatorOfEdition(editionId);
            _royaltyAmount = (_value / modulo) * secondarySaleRoyalty;
        }
    }

    //////////////
    // ERC-2981 //
    //////////////

    // Abstract away token royalty registry, proxy through to the implementation
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _value)
    external
    override
    view
    returns (address _receiver, uint256 _royaltyAmount) {
        return _royaltyInfo(_tokenId, _value);
    }

    // Expanded method at edition level and expanding on the funds receiver and the creator
    function royaltyAndCreatorInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _value)
    external
    view
    override
    returns (address receiver, address creator, uint256 royaltyAmount) {
        address originalCreator = _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionFromTokenId(_tokenId));
        (address _receiver, uint256 _royaltyAmount) = _royaltyInfo(_tokenId, _value);
        return (_receiver, originalCreator, _royaltyAmount);
    }

    function hasRoyalties(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) external override view returns (bool) {
        return royaltyRegistryActive() && royaltiesRegistryProxy.hasRoyalties(_editionId)
        || secondarySaleRoyalty > 0;
    }

    function getRoyaltiesReceiver(uint256 _tokenId) public override view returns (address) {
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
        if (royaltyRegistryActive() && royaltiesRegistryProxy.hasRoyalties(editionId)) {
            return royaltiesRegistryProxy.getRoyaltiesReceiver(editionId);
        }
        return _getCreatorOfEdition(editionId);
    }

    function royaltyRegistryActive() public view returns (bool) {
        return address(royaltiesRegistryProxy) != address(0);
    }

    //////////////////////////////
    // Has Secondary Sale Fees //
    ////////////////////////////

    function getFeeRecipients(uint256 _tokenId) external view override returns (address payable[] memory) {
        address payable[] memory feeRecipients = new address payable[](1);
        feeRecipients[0] = payable(getRoyaltiesReceiver(_tokenId));
        return feeRecipients;
    }

    function getFeeBps(uint256) external view override returns (uint[] memory) {
        uint[] memory feeBps = new uint[](1);
        feeBps[0] = uint(secondarySaleRoyalty) / basisPointsModulo;
        // convert to basis points
        return feeBps;
    }

    ////////////////////////////////////
    // Primary Sale Utilities methods //
    ////////////////////////////////////

    /// @notice List of token IDs that are still with the original creator
    function getAllUnsoldTokenIdsForEdition(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) public view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 maxTokenId = _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId);

        // work out number of unsold tokens in order to allocate memory to an array later
        uint256 numOfUnsoldTokens;
        for (uint256 i = _editionId; i < maxTokenId; i++) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[i] == address(0)) {
                numOfUnsoldTokens += 1;
            }
        }

        uint256[] memory unsoldTokens = new uint256[](numOfUnsoldTokens);

        // record token IDs of unsold tokens
        uint256 nextIndex;
        for (uint256 tokenId = _editionId; tokenId < maxTokenId; tokenId++) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[tokenId] == address(0)) {
                unsoldTokens[nextIndex] = tokenId;
                nextIndex += 1;
            }
        }

        return unsoldTokens;
    }

    /// @notice For a given edition, returns the next token and associated royalty information
    function facilitateNextPrimarySale(uint256 _editionId)
    public
    view
    override
    returns (address receiver, address creator, uint256 tokenId) {
        require(!editionSalesDisabled[_editionId], "Edition disabled");

        uint256 _tokenId = getNextAvailablePrimarySaleToken(_editionId);
        address _creator = _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId);

        if (royaltyRegistryActive() && royaltiesRegistryProxy.hasRoyalties(_editionId)) {
            address _receiver = royaltiesRegistryProxy.getRoyaltiesReceiver(_editionId);
            return (_receiver, _creator, _tokenId);
        }

        return (_creator, _creator, _tokenId);
    }

    /// @notice Return the next unsold token ID for a given edition unless all tokens have been sold
    function getNextAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        uint256 maxTokenId = _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId);

        // low to high
        for (uint256 tokenId = _editionId; tokenId < maxTokenId; tokenId++) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[tokenId] == address(0)) {
                return tokenId;
            }
        }
        revert("Primary market exhausted");
    }

    /// @notice Starting from the last token in an edition and going down the first, returns the next unsold token (if any)
    function getReverseAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) public override view returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        uint256 highestTokenId = _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId) - 1;

        // high to low
        while (highestTokenId >= _editionId) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[highestTokenId] == address(0)) {
                return highestTokenId;
            }
            highestTokenId--;
        }
        revert("Primary market exhausted");
    }

    /// @notice Using the reverse token ID logic of an edition, returns next token ID and associated royalty information
    function facilitateReversePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId)
    public
    view
    override
    returns (address receiver, address creator, uint256 tokenId) {
        require(!editionSalesDisabled[_editionId], "Edition disabled");

        uint256 _tokenId = getReverseAvailablePrimarySaleToken(_editionId);
        address _creator = _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId);

        if (royaltyRegistryActive() && royaltiesRegistryProxy.hasRoyalties(_editionId)) {
            address _receiver = royaltiesRegistryProxy.getRoyaltiesReceiver(_editionId);
            return (_receiver, _creator, _tokenId);
        }

        return (_creator, _creator, _tokenId);
    }

    /// @notice If the token specified by token ID has been sold on the primary market
    function hadPrimarySaleOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) public override view returns (bool) {
        return owners[_tokenId] != address(0);
    }

    /// @notice If any token in the edition has been sold
    function hasMadePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) public override view returns (bool) {
        uint256 maxTokenId = _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId);

        // low to high
        for (uint256 tokenId = _editionId; tokenId < maxTokenId; tokenId++) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[tokenId] != address(0)) {
                return true;
            }
        }
        return false;
    }

    /// @notice If all tokens in the edition have been sold
    function isEditionSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) validateEdition(_editionId) public override view returns (bool) {
        uint256 maxTokenId = _maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId);

        // low to high
        for (uint256 tokenId = _editionId; tokenId < maxTokenId; tokenId++) {
            // if no owner set - assume primary if not moved
            if (owners[tokenId] == address(0)) {
                return false;
            }
        }

        return true;
    }

    //////////////
    // Defaults //
    //////////////

    /// @notice Transfers the ownership of an NFT from one address to another address
    /// @dev Throws unless `msg.sender` is the current owner, an authorized
    ///      operator, or the approved address for this NFT. Throws if `_from` is
    ///      not the current owner. Throws if `_to` is the zero address. Throws if
    ///      `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT. When transfer is complete, this function
    ///      checks if `_to` is a smart contract (code size > 0). If so, it calls
    ///      `onERC721Received` on `_to` and throws if the return value is not
    ///      `bytes4(keccak256("onERC721Received(address,address,uint256,bytes)"))`.
    /// @param _from The current owner of the NFT
    /// @param _to The new owner
    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to transfer
    /// @param _data Additional data with no specified format, sent in call to `_to`
    function safeTransferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId, bytes calldata _data) override external {
        _safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId, _data);

        // move the token
        emit Transfer(_from, _to, _tokenId);
    }

    /// @notice Transfers the ownership of an NFT from one address to another address
    /// @dev This works identically to the other function with an extra data parameter,
    ///      except this function just sets data to "".
    /// @param _from The current owner of the NFT
    /// @param _to The new owner
    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to transfer
    function safeTransferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId) override external {
        _safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId, bytes(""));

        // move the token
        emit Transfer(_from, _to, _tokenId);
    }

    function _safeTransferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId, bytes memory _data) private {
        _transferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);

        uint256 receiverCodeSize;
        assembly {
            receiverCodeSize := extcodesize(_to)
        }
        if (receiverCodeSize > 0) {
            bytes4 selector = IERC721Receiver(_to).onERC721Received(
                _msgSender(),
                _from,
                _tokenId,
                _data
            );
            require(
                selector == ERC721_RECEIVED,
                "Invalid selector"
            );
        }
    }

    /// @notice Transfer ownership of an NFT -- THE CALLER IS RESPONSIBLE
    ///         TO CONFIRM THAT `_to` IS CAPABLE OF RECEIVING NFTS OR ELSE
    ///         THEY MAY BE PERMANENTLY LOST
    /// @dev Throws unless `_msgSender()` is the current owner, an authorized
    ///      operator, or the approved address for this NFT. Throws if `_from` is
    ///      not the current owner. Throws if `_to` is the zero address. Throws if
    ///      `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT.
    /// @param _from The current owner of the NFT
    /// @param _to The new owner
    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to transfer
    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId) override external {
        _transferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);

        // move the token
        emit Transfer(_from, _to, _tokenId);
    }

    function _transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId) private {
        // enforce not being able to send to zero as we have explicit rules what a minted but unbound owner is
        require(_to != address(0), "Invalid to address");

        // Ensure the owner is the sender
        address owner = _ownerOf(_tokenId, _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId));
        require(owner != address(0), "Invalid owner");
        require(_from == owner, "Owner mismatch");

        address spender = _msgSender();
        address approvedAddress = getApproved(_tokenId);
        require(
            spender == owner // sending to myself
            || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender)  // is approved to send any behalf of owner
            || approvedAddress == spender, // is approved to move this token ID
            "Invalid spender"
        );

        // Ensure approval for token ID is cleared
        if (approvedAddress != address(0)) {
            approvals[_tokenId] = address(0);
        }

        // set new owner - this will now override any specific other mappings for the base edition config
        owners[_tokenId] = _to;

        // Modify balances
        balances[_from] = balances[_from] - 1;
        balances[_to] = balances[_to] + 1;
    }

    /// @notice Find the owner of an NFT
    /// @dev NFTs assigned to zero address are considered invalid, and queries about them do throw.
    /// @param _tokenId The identifier for an NFT
    /// @return The address of the owner of the NFT
    function ownerOf(uint256 _tokenId) override public view returns (address) {
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);
        address owner = _ownerOf(_tokenId, editionId);
        require(owner != address(0), "Invalid owner");
        return owner;
    }

    /// @dev Newly created editions and its tokens minted to a creator don't have the owner set until the token is sold on the primary market
    /// @dev Therefore, if internally an edition exists and owner of token is zero address, then creator still owns the token
    /// @dev Otherwise, the token owner is returned or the zero address if the token does not exist
    function _ownerOf(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _editionId) internal view returns (address) {

        // If an owner assigned
        address owner = owners[_tokenId];
        if (owner != address(0)) {
            return owner;
        }

        // fall back to edition creator
        address possibleCreator = _getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId);
        if (possibleCreator != address(0) && (_maxTokenIdOfEdition(_editionId) - 1) >= _tokenId) {
            return possibleCreator;
        }

        return address(0);
    }

    /// @notice Change or reaffirm the approved address for an NFT
    /// @dev The zero address indicates there is no approved address.
    ///      Throws unless `msg.sender` is the current NFT owner, or an authorized
    ///      operator of the current owner.
    /// @param _approved The new approved NFT controller
    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to approve
    function approve(address _approved, uint256 _tokenId) override external {
        address owner = ownerOf(_tokenId);
        require(_approved != owner, "Approved is owner");
        require(_msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()), "Invalid sender");
        approvals[_tokenId] = _approved;
        emit Approval(owner, _approved, _tokenId);
    }

    /// @notice Enable or disable approval for a third party ("operator") to manage
    ///         all of `msg.sender`"s assets
    /// @dev Emits the ApprovalForAll event. The contract MUST allow
    ///      multiple operators per owner.
    /// @param _operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
    /// @param _approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
    function setApprovalForAll(address _operator, bool _approved) override external {
        operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][_operator] = _approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(
            _msgSender(),
            _operator,
            _approved
        );
    }

    /// @notice Count all NFTs assigned to an owner
    /// @dev NFTs assigned to the zero address are considered invalid, and this
    ///      function throws for queries about the zero address.
    /// @param _owner An address for whom to query the balance
    /// @return The number of NFTs owned by `_owner`, possibly zero
    function balanceOf(address _owner) override external view returns (uint256) {
        require(_owner != address(0), "Invalid owner");
        return balances[_owner];
    }

    /// @notice Get the approved address for a single NFT
    /// @dev Throws if `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT.
    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to find the approved address for
    /// @return The approved address for this NFT, or the zero address if there is none
    function getApproved(uint256 _tokenId) override public view returns (address){
        return approvals[_tokenId];
    }

    /// @notice Query if an address is an authorized operator for another address
    /// @param _owner The address that owns the NFTs
    /// @param _operator The address that acts on behalf of the owner
    /// @return True if `_operator` is an approved operator for `_owner`, false otherwise
    function isApprovedForAll(address _owner, address _operator) override public view returns (bool){
        return operatorApprovals[_owner][_operator];
    }

    /// @notice An extension to the default ERC721 behaviour, derived from ERC-875.
    /// @dev Allowing for batch transfers from the provided address, will fail if from does not own all the tokens
    function batchTransferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) public {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            _safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenIds[i], bytes(""));
            emit Transfer(_from, _to, _tokenIds[i]);
        }
    }

    /// @notice An extension to the default ERC721 behaviour, derived from ERC-875 but using the ConsecutiveTransfer event
    /// @dev Allowing for batch transfers from the provided address, will fail if from does not own all the tokens
    function consecutiveBatchTransferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId) public {
        for (uint256 i = _fromTokenId; i <= _toTokenId; i++) {
            _safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, i, bytes(""));
        }
        emit ConsecutiveTransfer(_fromTokenId, _toTokenId, _from, _to);
    }

    /////////////////////
    // Admin functions //
    /////////////////////

    function setRoyaltiesRegistryProxy(IERC2981 _royaltiesRegistryProxy) onlyAdmin public {
        royaltiesRegistryProxy = _royaltiesRegistryProxy;
        emit AdminRoyaltiesRegistryProxySet(address(_royaltiesRegistryProxy));
    }

    function setTokenUriResolver(ITokenUriResolver _tokenUriResolver) onlyAdmin public {
        tokenUriResolver = _tokenUriResolver;
        emit AdminTokenUriResolverSet(address(_tokenUriResolver));
    }

    ///////////////////////
    // Creator functions //
    ///////////////////////

    function composeERC20sAsCreator(uint16 _editionId, address[] calldata _erc20s, uint256[] calldata _amounts)
    external
    validateCreator(_editionId) {
        require(!isEditionSoldOut(_editionId), "Edition soldout");

        uint256 totalErc20s = _erc20s.length;
        require(totalErc20s > 0 && totalErc20s == _amounts.length, "Tokens invalid");

        for (uint i = 0; i < totalErc20s; i++) {
            _composeERC20IntoEdition(_msgSender(), _editionId, _erc20s[i], _amounts[i]);
        }
    }

    /// @notice Optional metadata storage slot which allows the creator to set an additional metadata blob on the edition
    function lockInAdditionalMetaData(uint256 _editionId, string calldata _metadata)
    external
    validateCreator(_editionId) {
        require(bytes(sealedEditionMetaData[_editionId]).length == 0, "Already set");
        sealedEditionMetaData[_editionId] = _metadata;
        emit SealedEditionMetaDataSet(_editionId);
    }

    /// @notice Optional metadata storage slot which allows a token owner to set an additional metadata blob on the token
    function lockInAdditionalTokenMetaData(uint256 _tokenId, string calldata _metadata) external {
        require(
            _msgSender() == ownerOf(_tokenId) || accessControls.hasContractRole(_msgSender()),
            "Invalid caller"
        );
        require(bytes(sealedTokenMetaData[_tokenId]).length == 0, "Already set");
        sealedTokenMetaData[_tokenId] = _metadata;
        emit SealedTokenMetaDataSet(_tokenId);
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {ICurrencyManager} from "./interfaces/ICurrencyManager.sol";
/**
 * @title CurrencyManager
 * @notice It allows adding/removing currencies for trading on the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract CurrencyManager is ICurrencyManager, Ownable {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _whitelistedCurrencies;
    event CurrencyRemoved(address indexed currency);
    event CurrencyWhitelisted(address indexed currency);
    /**
     * @notice Add a currency in the system
     * @param currency address of the currency to add
     */
    function addCurrency(address currency) external override onlyOwner {
        require(!_whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency), "Currency: Already whitelisted");
        _whitelistedCurrencies.add(currency);
        emit CurrencyWhitelisted(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove a currency from the system
     * @param currency address of the currency to remove
     */
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency), "Currency: Not whitelisted");
        _whitelistedCurrencies.remove(currency);
        emit CurrencyRemoved(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns if a currency is in the system
     * @param currency address of the currency
     */
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view override returns (bool) {
        return _whitelistedCurrencies.contains(currency);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View number of whitelisted currencies
     */
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return _whitelistedCurrencies.length();
    }
    /**
     * @notice See whitelisted currencies in the system
     * @param cursor cursor (should start at 0 for first request)
     * @param size size of the response (e.g., 50)
     */
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address[] memory, uint256)
    {
        uint256 length = size;
        if (length > _whitelistedCurrencies.length() - cursor) {
            length = _whitelistedCurrencies.length() - cursor;
        }
        address[] memory whitelistedCurrencies = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            whitelistedCurrencies[i] = _whitelistedCurrencies.at(cursor + i);
        }
        return (whitelistedCurrencies, cursor + length);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ICurrencyManager {
    function addCurrency(address currency) external;
    function removeCurrency(address currency) external;
    function isCurrencyWhitelisted(address currency) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedCurrencies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedCurrencies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {IExecutionManager} from "./interfaces/IExecutionManager.sol";
/**
 * @title ExecutionManager
 * @notice It allows adding/removing execution strategies for trading on the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract ExecutionManager is IExecutionManager, Ownable {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    EnumerableSet.AddressSet private _whitelistedStrategies;
    event StrategyRemoved(address indexed strategy);
    event StrategyWhitelisted(address indexed strategy);
    /**
     * @notice Add an execution strategy in the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy to add
     */
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external override onlyOwner {
        require(!_whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy), "Strategy: Already whitelisted");
        _whitelistedStrategies.add(strategy);
        emit StrategyWhitelisted(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove an execution strategy from the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy to remove
     */
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy), "Strategy: Not whitelisted");
        _whitelistedStrategies.remove(strategy);
        emit StrategyRemoved(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns if an execution strategy is in the system
     * @param strategy address of the strategy
     */
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view override returns (bool) {
        return _whitelistedStrategies.contains(strategy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View number of whitelisted strategies
     */
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return _whitelistedStrategies.length();
    }
    /**
     * @notice See whitelisted strategies in the system
     * @param cursor cursor (should start at 0 for first request)
     * @param size size of the response (e.g., 50)
     */
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address[] memory, uint256)
    {
        uint256 length = size;
        if (length > _whitelistedStrategies.length() - cursor) {
            length = _whitelistedStrategies.length() - cursor;
        }
        address[] memory whitelistedStrategies = new address[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i++) {
            whitelistedStrategies[i] = _whitelistedStrategies.at(cursor + i);
        }
        return (whitelistedStrategies, cursor + length);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return _values(set._inner);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IExecutionManager {
    function addStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function removeStrategy(address strategy) external;
    function isStrategyWhitelisted(address strategy) external view returns (bool);
    function viewWhitelistedStrategies(uint256 cursor, uint256 size) external view returns (address[] memory, uint256);
    function viewCountWhitelistedStrategies() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
import {IExecutionStrategy} from "../interfaces/IExecutionStrategy.sol";
/**
 * @title StrategyStandardSaleForFixedPrice
 * @notice Strategy that executes an order at a fixed price that
 * can be taken either by a bid or an ask.
 */
contract StrategyStandardSaleForFixedPrice is IExecutionStrategy {
    uint256 public immutable PROTOCOL_FEE;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _protocolFee protocol fee (200 --> 2%, 400 --> 4%)
     */
    constructor(uint256 _protocolFee) {
        PROTOCOL_FEE = _protocolFee;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether a taker ask order can be executed against a maker bid
     * @param takerAsk taker ask order
     * @param makerBid maker bid order
     * @return (whether strategy can be executed, tokenId to execute, amount of tokens to execute)
     */
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            ((makerBid.price == takerAsk.price) &&
                (makerBid.tokenId == takerAsk.tokenId) &&
                (makerBid.startTime <= block.timestamp) &&
                (makerBid.endTime >= block.timestamp)),
            makerBid.tokenId,
            makerBid.amount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check whether a taker bid order can be executed against a maker ask
     * @param takerBid taker bid order
     * @param makerAsk maker ask order
     * @return (whether strategy can be executed, tokenId to execute, amount of tokens to execute)
     */
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            ((makerAsk.price == takerBid.price) &&
                (makerAsk.tokenId == takerBid.tokenId) &&
                (makerAsk.startTime <= block.timestamp) &&
                (makerAsk.endTime >= block.timestamp)),
            makerAsk.tokenId,
            makerAsk.amount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return protocol fee for this strategy
     * @return protocol fee
     */
    function viewProtocolFee() external view override returns (uint256) {
        return PROTOCOL_FEE;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title OrderTypes
 * @notice This library contains order types for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
library OrderTypes {
    // keccak256("MakerOrder(bool isOrderAsk,address signer,address collection,uint256 price,uint256 tokenId,uint256 amount,address strategy,address currency,uint256 nonce,uint256 startTime,uint256 endTime,uint256 minPercentageToAsk,bytes params)")
    bytes32 internal constant MAKER_ORDER_HASH = 0x40261ade532fa1d2c7293df30aaadb9b3c616fae525a0b56d3d411c841a85028;
    struct MakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address signer; // signer of the maker order
        address collection; // collection address
        uint256 price; // price (used as )
        uint256 tokenId; // id of the token
        uint256 amount; // amount of tokens to sell/purchase (must be 1 for ERC721, 1+ for ERC1155)
        address strategy; // strategy for trade execution (e.g., DutchAuction, StandardSaleForFixedPrice)
        address currency; // currency (e.g., WETH)
        uint256 nonce; // order nonce (must be unique unless new maker order is meant to override existing one e.g., lower ask price)
        uint256 startTime; // startTime in timestamp
        uint256 endTime; // endTime in timestamp
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // additional parameters
        uint8 v; // v: parameter (27 or 28)
        bytes32 r; // r: parameter
        bytes32 s; // s: parameter
    }
    struct TakerOrder {
        bool isOrderAsk; // true --> ask / false --> bid
        address taker; // msg.sender
        uint256 price; // final price for the purchase
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 minPercentageToAsk; // // slippage protection (9000 --> 90% of the final price must return to ask)
        bytes params; // other params (e.g., tokenId)
    }
    function hash(MakerOrder memory makerOrder) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    MAKER_ORDER_HASH,
                    makerOrder.isOrderAsk,
                    makerOrder.signer,
                    makerOrder.collection,
                    makerOrder.price,
                    makerOrder.tokenId,
                    makerOrder.amount,
                    makerOrder.strategy,
                    makerOrder.currency,
                    makerOrder.nonce,
                    makerOrder.startTime,
                    makerOrder.endTime,
                    makerOrder.minPercentageToAsk,
                    keccak256(makerOrder.params)
                )
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {OrderTypes} from "../libraries/OrderTypes.sol";
interface IExecutionStrategy {
    function canExecuteTakerAsk(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerAsk, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerBid)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function canExecuteTakerBid(OrderTypes.TakerOrder calldata takerBid, OrderTypes.MakerOrder calldata makerAsk)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );
    function viewProtocolFee() external view returns (uint256);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeManager} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeManager.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeRegistry} from "./interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeRegistry.sol";
/**
 * @title RoyaltyFeeManagerV1B
 * @notice It handles the logic to check and transfer rebate fees (if any).
 */
contract RoyaltyFeeManagerV1B is IRoyaltyFeeManager {
    // Interface Id ERC2981
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981 = 0x2a55205a;
    // Standard royalty fee
    uint256 public constant STANDARD_ROYALTY_FEE = 50;
    // Royalty fee registry
    IRoyaltyFeeRegistry public immutable royaltyFeeRegistry;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _royaltyFeeRegistry Royalty fee registry address
     */
    constructor(address _royaltyFeeRegistry) {
        royaltyFeeRegistry = IRoyaltyFeeRegistry(_royaltyFeeRegistry);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate royalty fee and get recipient
     * @param collection address of the NFT contract
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @param amount amount to transfer
     */
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view override returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount) {
        // 1. Check if there is a royalty info in the system
        (receiver, ) = royaltyFeeRegistry.royaltyInfo(collection, amount);
        // 2. If the receiver is address(0), check if it supports the ERC2981 interface
        if (receiver == address(0)) {
            if (IERC2981(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981)) {
                (bool status, bytes memory data) = collection.staticcall(
                    abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC2981.royaltyInfo.selector, tokenId, amount)
                );
                if (status) {
                    (receiver, ) = abi.decode(data, (address, uint256));
                }
            }
        }
        // A fixed royalty fee is applied
        if (receiver != address(0)) {
            royaltyAmount = (STANDARD_ROYALTY_FEE * amount) / 10000;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Called with the sale price to determine how much royalty is owed and to whom.
     * @param tokenId - the NFT asset queried for royalty information
     * @param salePrice - the sale price of the NFT asset specified by `tokenId`
     * @return receiver - address of who should be sent the royalty payment
     * @return royaltyAmount - the royalty payment amount for `salePrice`
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeManager {
    function calculateRoyaltyFeeAndGetRecipient(
        address collection,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external view returns (address, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeRegistry {
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external;
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external;
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view returns (address, uint256);
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IRoyaltyFeeRegistry} from "../interfaces/IRoyaltyFeeRegistry.sol";
/**
 * @title RoyaltyFeeRegistry
 * @notice It is a royalty fee registry for the LooksRare exchange.
 */
contract RoyaltyFeeRegistry is IRoyaltyFeeRegistry, Ownable {
    struct FeeInfo {
        address setter;
        address receiver;
        uint256 fee;
    }
    // Limit (if enforced for fee royalty in percentage (10,000 = 100%)
    uint256 public royaltyFeeLimit;
    mapping(address => FeeInfo) private _royaltyFeeInfoCollection;
    event NewRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 royaltyFeeLimit);
    event RoyaltyFeeUpdate(address indexed collection, address indexed setter, address indexed receiver, uint256 fee);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _royaltyFeeLimit new royalty fee limit (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    constructor(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) {
        require(_royaltyFeeLimit <= 9500, "Owner: Royalty fee limit too high");
        royaltyFeeLimit = _royaltyFeeLimit;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty info for collection
     * @param _royaltyFeeLimit new royalty fee limit (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external override onlyOwner {
        require(_royaltyFeeLimit <= 9500, "Owner: Royalty fee limit too high");
        royaltyFeeLimit = _royaltyFeeLimit;
        emit NewRoyaltyFeeLimit(_royaltyFeeLimit);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update royalty info for collection
     * @param collection address of the NFT contract
     * @param setter address that sets the receiver
     * @param receiver receiver for the royalty fee
     * @param fee fee (500 = 5%, 1,000 = 10%)
     */
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external override onlyOwner {
        require(fee <= royaltyFeeLimit, "Registry: Royalty fee too high");
        _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection] = FeeInfo({setter: setter, receiver: receiver, fee: fee});
        emit RoyaltyFeeUpdate(collection, setter, receiver, fee);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculate royalty info for a collection address and a sale gross amount
     * @param collection collection address
     * @param amount amount
     * @return receiver address and amount received by royalty recipient
     */
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
        return (
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].receiver,
            (amount * _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].fee) / 10000
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice View royalty info for a collection address
     * @param collection collection address
     */
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        )
    {
        return (
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].setter,
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].receiver,
            _royaltyFeeInfoCollection[collection].fee
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IRoyaltyFeeRegistry {
    function updateRoyaltyInfoForCollection(
        address collection,
        address setter,
        address receiver,
        uint256 fee
    ) external;
    function updateRoyaltyFeeLimit(uint256 _royaltyFeeLimit) external;
    function royaltyInfo(address collection, uint256 amount) external view returns (address, uint256);
    function royaltyFeeInfoCollection(address collection)
        external
        view
        returns (
            address,
            address,
            uint256
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165Storage.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Storage based implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts may inherit from this and call {_registerInterface} to declare
 * their support of an interface.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Storage is ERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Mapping of interface ids to whether or not it's supported.
     */
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) private _supportedInterfaces;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Registers the contract as an implementer of the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support of the actual ERC165 interface is automatic and
     * registering its interface id is not required.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `interfaceId` cannot be the ERC165 invalid interface (`0xffffffff`).
     */
    function _registerInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal virtual {
        require(interfaceId != 0xffffffff, "ERC165: invalid interface id");
        _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId] = true;
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
library Clones {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf30000000000000000000000000000000000)
            instance := create(0, ptr, 0x37)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf30000000000000000000000000000000000)
            instance := create2(0, ptr, 0x37, salt)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create2 failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff00000000000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), shl(0x60, deployer))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x4c), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x6c), keccak256(ptr, 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x37), 0x55)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(address implementation, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        view
        returns (address predicted)
    {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.

        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    function _verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) private pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly

                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}

// File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol



pragma solidity ^0.8.0;


/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}

// File: contracts/core/IERC2309.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

/**
  @title ERC-2309: ERC-721 Batch Mint Extension
  @dev https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/2309
 */
interface IERC2309 {
    /**
      @notice This event is emitted when ownership of a batch of tokens changes by any mechanism.
      This includes minting, transferring, and burning.

      @dev The address executing the transaction MUST own all the tokens within the range of
      fromTokenId and toTokenId, or MUST be an approved operator to act on the owners behalf.
      The fromTokenId and toTokenId MUST be a sequential range of tokens IDs.
      When minting/creating tokens, the `fromAddress` argument MUST be set to `0x0` (i.e. zero address).
      When burning/destroying tokens, the `toAddress` argument MUST be set to `0x0` (i.e. zero address).

      @param fromTokenId The token ID that begins the batch of tokens being transferred
      @param toTokenId The token ID that ends the batch of tokens being transferred
      @param fromAddress The address transferring ownership of the specified range of tokens
      @param toAddress The address receiving ownership of the specified range of tokens.
    */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed fromAddress, address indexed toAddress);
}

// File: contracts/core/IERC2981.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;


/// @notice This is purely an extension for the KO platform
/// @notice Royalties on KO are defined at an edition level for all tokens from the same edition
interface IERC2981EditionExtension {

    /// @notice Does the edition have any royalties defined
    function hasRoyalties(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    /// @notice Get the royalty receiver - all royalties should be sent to this account if not zero address
    function getRoyaltiesReceiver(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (address);
}

/**
 * ERC2981 standards interface for royalties
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165, IERC2981EditionExtension {
    /// ERC165 bytes to add to interface array - set in parent contract
    /// implementing this standard
    ///
    /// bytes4(keccak256("royaltyInfo(uint256,uint256)")) == 0x2a55205a
    /// bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981 = 0x2a55205a;
    /// _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981);

    /// @notice Called with the sale price to determine how much royalty
    //          is owed and to whom.
    /// @param _tokenId - the NFT asset queried for royalty information
    /// @param _value - the sale price of the NFT asset specified by _tokenId
    /// @return _receiver - address of who should be sent the royalty payment
    /// @return _royaltyAmount - the royalty payment amount for _value sale price
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _value
    ) external view returns (
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _royaltyAmount
    );

}

// File: contracts/core/IHasSecondarySaleFees.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;


/// @title Royalties formats required for use on the Rarible platform
/// @dev https://docs.rarible.com/asset/royalties-schema
interface IHasSecondarySaleFees is IERC165 {

    event SecondarySaleFees(uint256 tokenId, address[] recipients, uint[] bps);

    function getFeeRecipients(uint256 id) external returns (address payable[] memory);

    function getFeeBps(uint256 id) external returns (uint[] memory);
}

// File: contracts/core/IKODAV3.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;






/// @title Core KODA V3 functionality
interface IKODAV3 is
IERC165, // Contract introspection
IERC721, // Core NFTs
IERC2309, // Consecutive batch mint
IERC2981, // Royalties
IHasSecondarySaleFees // Rariable / Foundation royalties
{
    // edition utils

    function getCreatorOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (address _originalCreator);

    function getCreatorOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (address _originalCreator);

    function getSizeOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _size);

    function getEditionSizeOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (uint256 _size);

    function editionExists(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition been disabled / soft burnt
    function isEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition been disabled / soft burnt OR sold out
    function isSalesDisabledOrSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Work out the max token ID for an edition ID
    function maxTokenIdOfEdition(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Helper method for getting the next primary sale token from an edition starting low to high token IDs
    function getNextAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) external returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Helper method for getting the next primary sale token from an edition starting high to low token IDs
    function getReverseAvailablePrimarySaleToken(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (uint256 _tokenId);

    // Utility method to get all data needed for the next primary sale, low token ID to high
    function facilitateNextPrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _tokenId);

    // Utility method to get all data needed for the next primary sale, high token ID to low
    function facilitateReversePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _tokenId);

    // Expanded royalty method for the edition, not token
    function royaltyAndCreatorInfo(uint256 _editionId, uint256 _value) external returns (address _receiver, address _creator, uint256 _amount);

    // Allows the creator to correct mistakes until the first token from an edition is sold
    function updateURIIfNoSaleMade(uint256 _editionId, string calldata _newURI) external;

    // Has any primary transfer happened from an edition
    function hasMadePrimarySale(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Has the edition sold out
    function isEditionSoldOut(uint256 _editionId) external view returns (bool);

    // Toggle on/off the edition from being able to make sales
    function toggleEditionSalesDisabled(uint256 _editionId) external;

    // token utils

    function exists(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bool);

    function getEditionIdOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external pure returns (uint256 _editionId);

    function getEditionDetails(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (address _originalCreator, address _owner, uint16 _size, uint256 _editionId, string memory _uri);

    function hadPrimarySaleOfToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bool);

}

// File: contracts/core/Konstants.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

contract Konstants {

    // Every edition always goes up in batches of 1000
    uint16 public constant MAX_EDITION_SIZE = 1000;

    // magic method that defines the maximum range for an edition - this is fixed forever - tokens are minted in range
    function _editionFromTokenId(uint256 _tokenId) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return (_tokenId / MAX_EDITION_SIZE) * MAX_EDITION_SIZE;
    }
}

// File: contracts/access/IKOAccessControlsLookup.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

interface IKOAccessControlsLookup {
    function hasAdminRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function isVerifiedArtist(uint256 _index, address _account, bytes32[] calldata _merkleProof) external view returns (bool);

    function isVerifiedArtistProxy(address _artist, address _proxy) external view returns (bool);

    function hasLegacyMinterRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function hasContractRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);

    function hasContractOrAdminRole(address _address) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/collab/ICollabRoyaltiesRegistry.sol


pragma solidity 0.8.4;

/// @notice Common interface to the edition royalties registry
interface ICollabRoyaltiesRegistry {

    /// @notice Creates & deploys a new royalties recipient, cloning _handle and setting it up with the provided _recipients and _splits
    function createRoyaltiesRecipient(
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    ) external returns (address deployedHandler);

    /// @notice Sets up the provided edition to use the provided _recipient
    function useRoyaltiesRecipient(uint256 _editionId, address _deployedHandler) external;

    /// @notice Setup a royalties handler but does not deploy it, uses predicable clone and sets this against the edition
    function usePredeterminedRoyaltiesRecipient(
        uint256 _editionId,
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    ) external;

    /// @notice Deploy and setup a royalties recipient for the given edition
    function createAndUseRoyaltiesRecipient(
        uint256 _editionId,
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    )
    external returns (address deployedHandler);

    /// @notice Predict the deployed clone address with the given parameters
    function predictedRoyaltiesHandler(
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    ) external view returns (address predictedHandler);

}

// File: contracts/collab/handlers/ICollabFundsHandler.sol



pragma solidity 0.8.4;

interface ICollabFundsHandler {

    function init(address[] calldata _recipients, uint256[] calldata _splits) external;

    function totalRecipients() external view returns (uint256);

    function shareAtIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (address _recipient, uint256 _split);
}

// File: contracts/collab/CollabRoyaltiesRegistry.sol


pragma solidity 0.8.4;












contract CollabRoyaltiesRegistry is Pausable, Konstants, ERC165Storage, IERC2981, ICollabRoyaltiesRegistry {

    // Admin Events
    event KODASet(address koda);
    event AccessControlsSet(address accessControls);
    event RoyaltyAmountSet(uint256 royaltyAmount);
    event EmergencyClearRoyalty(uint256 editionId);
    event HandlerAdded(address handler);
    event HandlerRemoved(address handler);

    // Normal Events
    event RoyaltyRecipientCreated(address creator, address handler, address deployedHandler, address[] recipients, uint256[] splits);
    event RoyaltiesHandlerSetup(uint256 editionId, address deployedHandler);
    event FutureRoyaltiesHandlerSetup(uint256 editionId, address deployedHandler);

    IKODAV3 public koda;

    IKOAccessControlsLookup public accessControls;

    // @notice A controlled list of proxies which can be used byt eh KO protocol
    mapping(address => bool) public isHandlerWhitelisted;

    // @notice A list of initialised/deployed royalties recipients
    mapping(address => bool) public deployedRoyaltiesHandlers;

    /// @notice Funds handler to edition ID mapping - once set all funds are sent here on every sale, including EIP-2981 invocations
    mapping(uint256 => address) public editionRoyaltiesHandlers;

    /// @notice KO secondary sale royalty amount
    uint256 public royaltyAmount = 12_50000; // 12.5% as represented in eip-2981

    /// @notice precision 100.00000%
    uint256 public modulo = 100_00000;

    modifier onlyContractOrCreator(uint256 _editionId) {
        require(
            koda.getCreatorOfEdition(_editionId) == _msgSender() || accessControls.hasContractRole(_msgSender()),
            "Caller not creator or contract"
        );
        _;
    }

    modifier onlyContractOrAdmin() {
        require(
            accessControls.hasAdminRole(_msgSender()) || accessControls.hasContractRole(_msgSender()),
            "Caller not admin or contract"
        );
        _;
    }

    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        require(accessControls.hasAdminRole(_msgSender()), "Caller not admin");
        _;
    }

    constructor(IKOAccessControlsLookup _accessControls) {
        accessControls = _accessControls;

        // _INTERFACE_ID_ERC2981
        _registerInterface(0x2a55205a);
    }

    /// @notice Set the IKODAV3 dependency - can't be passed to constructor due to circular dependency
    function setKoda(IKODAV3 _koda)
    external
    onlyAdmin {
        koda = _koda;
        emit KODASet(address(koda));
    }

    /// @notice Set the IKOAccessControlsLookup dependency.
    function setAccessControls(IKOAccessControlsLookup _accessControls)
    external
    onlyAdmin {
        accessControls = _accessControls;
        emit AccessControlsSet(address(accessControls));
    }

    /// @notice Admin setter for changing the default royalty amount
    function setRoyaltyAmount(uint256 _amount)
    external
    onlyAdmin() {
        require(_amount > 1, "Amount to low");
        royaltyAmount = _amount;
        emit RoyaltyAmountSet(royaltyAmount);
    }

    /// @notice Add a new cloneable funds handler
    function addHandler(address _handler)
    external
    onlyAdmin() {

        // Revert if handler already whitelisted
        require(isHandlerWhitelisted[_handler] == false, "Handler already registered");

        // whitelist handler
        isHandlerWhitelisted[_handler] = true;

        // Emit event
        emit HandlerAdded(_handler);
    }

    /// @notice Remove a cloneable funds handler
    function removeHandler(address _handler)
    external
    onlyAdmin() {
        // remove handler from whitelist
        isHandlerWhitelisted[_handler] = false;

        // Emit event
        emit HandlerRemoved(_handler);
    }

    ////////////////////////////
    /// Royalties setup logic //
    ////////////////////////////

    /// @notice Sets up a royalties funds handler
    /// @dev Can only be called once with the same args as this creates a new contract and we dont want to
    ///      override any currently deployed instance
    /// @dev Can only be called by an approved artist
    function createRoyaltiesRecipient(
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    )
    external
    override
    whenNotPaused
    returns (address deployedHandler) {
        validateHandlerArgs(_handler, _recipients, _splits);

        // Clone funds handler as Minimal deployedHandler with a deterministic address
        deployedHandler = deployCloneableHandler(_handler, _recipients, _splits);

        // Emit event
        emit RoyaltyRecipientCreated(_msgSender(), _handler, deployedHandler, _recipients, _splits);
    }

    /// @notice Allows a deployed handler to be set against an edition
    /// @dev Can be called by edition creator or another approved contract
    /// @dev Can only be called once per edition
    /// @dev Provided handler account must already be deployed
    function useRoyaltiesRecipient(uint256 _editionId, address _deployedHandler)
    external
    override
    whenNotPaused
    onlyContractOrCreator(_editionId) {
        // Ensure not already defined i.e. dont overwrite deployed contact
        require(editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] == address(0), "Funds handler already registered");

        // Ensure there actually was a registration
        require(deployedRoyaltiesHandlers[_deployedHandler], "No deployed handler found");

        // Register the deployed handler for the edition ID
        editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] = _deployedHandler;

        // Emit event
        emit RoyaltiesHandlerSetup(_editionId, _deployedHandler);
    }

    /// @notice Allows an admin set a predetermined royalties recipient against an edition
    /// @dev assumes the called has provided the correct args and a valid edition
    function usePredeterminedRoyaltiesRecipient(
        uint256 _editionId,
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    )
    external
    override
    whenNotPaused
    onlyContractOrAdmin {
        // Ensure not already defined i.e. dont overwrite deployed contact
        require(editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] == address(0), "Funds handler already registered");

        // Determine salt
        bytes32 salt = keccak256(abi.encode(_recipients, _splits));
        address futureDeployedHandler = Clones.predictDeterministicAddress(_handler, salt);

        // Register the same proxy for the new edition id
        editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] = futureDeployedHandler;

        // Emit event
        emit FutureRoyaltiesHandlerSetup(_editionId, futureDeployedHandler);
    }

    function createAndUseRoyaltiesRecipient(
        uint256 _editionId,
        address _handler,
        address[] calldata _recipients,
        uint256[] calldata _splits
    )
    external
    override
    whenNotPaused
    onlyContractOrAdmin
    returns (address deployedHandler) {
        validateHandlerArgs(_handler, _recipients, _splits);

        // Confirm the handler has not already been created
        address expectedAddress = Clones.predictDeterministicAddress(_handler, keccak256(abi.encode(_recipients, _splits)));
        require(!deployedRoyaltiesHandlers[expectedAddress], "Already deployed the royalties handler");

        // Clone funds handler as Minimal deployedHandler with a deterministic address
        deployedHandler = deployCloneableHandler(_handler, _recipients, _splits);

        // Emit event
        emit RoyaltyRecipientCreated(_msgSender(), _handler, deployedHandler, _recipients, _splits);

        // Register the deployed handler for the edition ID
        editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] = deployedHandler;

        // Emit event
        emit RoyaltiesHandlerSetup(_editionId, deployedHandler);
    }

    function deployCloneableHandler(address _handler, address[] calldata _recipients, uint256[] calldata _splits)
    internal
    returns (address deployedHandler) {
        // Confirm the handler has not already been created
        address expectedAddress = Clones.predictDeterministicAddress(_handler, keccak256(abi.encode(_recipients, _splits)));
        require(!deployedRoyaltiesHandlers[expectedAddress], "Already deployed the royalties handler");

        // Clone funds handler as Minimal deployedHandler with a deterministic address
        deployedHandler = Clones.cloneDeterministic(
            _handler,
            keccak256(abi.encode(_recipients, _splits))
        );

        // Initialize handler
        ICollabFundsHandler(deployedHandler).init(_recipients, _splits);

        // Verify that it was initialized properly
        require(
            ICollabFundsHandler(deployedHandler).totalRecipients() == _recipients.length,
            "Funds handler created incorrectly"
        );

        // Record the deployed handler
        deployedRoyaltiesHandlers[deployedHandler] = true;
    }

    function validateHandlerArgs(address _handler, address[] calldata _recipients, uint256[] calldata _splits)
    internal view {
        // Require more than 1 recipient
        require(_recipients.length > 1, "Collab must have more than one funds recipient");

        // Recipient and splits array lengths must match
        require(_recipients.length == _splits.length, "Recipients and splits lengths must match");

        // Ensure the handler is know and approved
        require(isHandlerWhitelisted[_handler], "Handler is not whitelisted");
    }

    /// @notice Allows for the royalty creator to predetermine the recipient address for the funds to be sent to
    /// @dev It does not deploy it, only allows to predetermine the address
    function predictedRoyaltiesHandler(address _handler, address[] calldata _recipients, uint256[] calldata _splits)
    public
    override
    view
    returns (address) {
        bytes32 salt = keccak256(abi.encode(_recipients, _splits));
        return Clones.predictDeterministicAddress(_handler, salt);
    }

    /// @notice ability to clear royalty in an emergency situation - this would then default all royalties to the original creator
    /// @dev Only callable from admin
    function emergencyResetRoyaltiesHandler(uint256 _editionId) public onlyAdmin {
        editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId] = address(0);
        emit EmergencyClearRoyalty(_editionId);
    }

    ////////////////////
    /// Query Methods //
    ////////////////////

    /// @notice Is the given token part of an edition that has a collab royalties contract setup?
    function hasRoyalties(uint256 _tokenId)
    external
    override
    view returns (bool) {

        // Get the associated edition id for the given token id
        uint256 editionId = _editionFromTokenId(_tokenId);

        // Get the proxy registered to the previous edition id
        address proxy = editionRoyaltiesHandlers[editionId];

        // Ensure there actually was a registration
        return proxy != address(0);
    }

    /// @notice Get the proxy for a given edition's funds handler
    function getRoyaltiesReceiver(uint256 _editionId)
    external
    override
    view returns (address _receiver) {
        _receiver = editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId];
        require(_receiver != address(0), "Edition not setup");
    }

    /// @notice Gets the funds handler proxy address and royalty amount for given edition id
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _editionId, uint256 _value)
    external
    override
    view returns (address _receiver, uint256 _royaltyAmount) {
        _receiver = editionRoyaltiesHandlers[_editionId];
        require(_receiver != address(0), "Edition not setup");
        _royaltyAmount = (_value / modulo) * royaltyAmount;
    }

}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import {ITransferSelectorNFT} from "./interfaces/ITransferSelectorNFT.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferSelectorNFT
 * @notice It selects the NFT transfer manager based on a collection address.
 */
contract TransferSelectorNFT is ITransferSelectorNFT, Ownable {
    // ERC721 interfaceID
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC721 = 0x80ac58cd;
    // ERC1155 interfaceID
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC1155 = 0xd9b67a26;
    // Address of the transfer manager contract for ERC721 tokens
    address public immutable TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721;
    // Address of the transfer manager contract for ERC1155 tokens
    address public immutable TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155;
    // Map collection address to transfer manager address
    mapping(address => address) public transferManagerSelectorForCollection;
    event CollectionTransferManagerAdded(address indexed collection, address indexed transferManager);
    event CollectionTransferManagerRemoved(address indexed collection);
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _transferManagerERC721 address of the ERC721 transfer manager
     * @param _transferManagerERC1155 address of the ERC1155 transfer manager
     */
    constructor(address _transferManagerERC721, address _transferManagerERC1155) {
        TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721 = _transferManagerERC721;
        TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155 = _transferManagerERC1155;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Add a transfer manager for a collection
     * @param collection collection address to add specific transfer rule
     * @dev It is meant to be used for exceptions only (e.g., CryptoKitties)
     */
    function addCollectionTransferManager(address collection, address transferManager) external onlyOwner {
        require(collection != address(0), "Owner: Collection cannot be null address");
        require(transferManager != address(0), "Owner: TransferManager cannot be null address");
        transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] = transferManager;
        emit CollectionTransferManagerAdded(collection, transferManager);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Remove a transfer manager for a collection
     * @param collection collection address to remove exception
     */
    function removeCollectionTransferManager(address collection) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] != address(0),
            "Owner: Collection has no transfer manager"
        );
        // Set it to the address(0)
        transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection] = address(0);
        emit CollectionTransferManagerRemoved(collection);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check the transfer manager for a token
     * @param collection collection address
     * @dev Support for ERC165 interface is checked AFTER custom implementation
     */
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view override returns (address transferManager) {
        // Assign transfer manager (if any)
        transferManager = transferManagerSelectorForCollection[collection];
        if (transferManager == address(0)) {
            if (IERC165(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC721)) {
                transferManager = TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC721;
            } else if (IERC165(collection).supportsInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC1155)) {
                transferManager = TRANSFER_MANAGER_ERC1155;
            }
        }
        return transferManager;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferSelectorNFT {
    function checkTransferManagerForToken(address collection) external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {ITransferManagerNFT} from "../interfaces/ITransferManagerNFT.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferManagerERC721
 * @notice It allows the transfer of ERC721 tokens.
 */
contract TransferManagerERC721 is ITransferManagerNFT {
    address public immutable LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE;
    /**
     * @notice Constructor
     * @param _looksRareExchange address of the LooksRare exchange
     */
    constructor(address _looksRareExchange) {
        LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE = _looksRareExchange;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ERC721 token
     * @param collection address of the collection
     * @param from address of the sender
     * @param to address of the recipient
     * @param tokenId tokenId
     * @dev For ERC721, amount is not used
     */
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256
    ) external override {
        require(msg.sender == LOOKS_RARE_EXCHANGE, "Transfer: Only LooksRare Exchange");
        // https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/2.x/api/token/erc721#IERC721-safeTransferFrom
        IERC721(collection).safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface ITransferManagerNFT {
    function transferNonFungibleToken(
        address collection,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}